aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--INSTALL3
-rw-r--r--Makefile.am109
-rw-r--r--NEWS5
-rw-r--r--configure.ac94
-rw-r--r--doc/user.xml119
-rw-r--r--m4/ax_append_link_flags.m461
-rw-r--r--m4/ax_check_link_flag.m471
-rw-r--r--m4/ax_cxx_compile_stdcxx_0x.m4107
-rw-r--r--src/CommandError.cxx132
-rw-r--r--src/CommandError.h41
-rw-r--r--src/DatabaseCommands.cxx222
-rw-r--r--src/DatabaseCommands.hxx59
-rw-r--r--src/DatabaseGlue.cxx (renamed from src/database.c)108
-rw-r--r--src/DatabaseGlue.hxx44
-rw-r--r--src/DatabaseHelpers.cxx134
-rw-r--r--src/DatabaseHelpers.hxx41
-rw-r--r--src/DatabasePlaylist.cxx54
-rw-r--r--src/DatabasePlaylist.hxx (renamed from src/db/simple_db_plugin.h)26
-rw-r--r--src/DatabasePlugin.hxx148
-rw-r--r--src/DatabasePrint.cxx234
-rw-r--r--src/DatabasePrint.hxx (renamed from src/db_print.h)30
-rw-r--r--src/DatabaseQueue.cxx60
-rw-r--r--src/DatabaseQueue.hxx34
-rw-r--r--src/DatabaseRegistry.cxx43
-rw-r--r--src/DatabaseRegistry.hxx37
-rw-r--r--src/DatabaseSelection.cxx27
-rw-r--r--src/DatabaseSelection.hxx (renamed from src/db_selection.h)32
-rw-r--r--src/DatabaseVisitor.hxx38
-rw-r--r--src/Directory.cxx (renamed from src/directory.c)66
-rw-r--r--src/MessageCommands.cxx197
-rw-r--r--src/MessageCommands.hxx44
-rw-r--r--src/OutputCommands.cxx77
-rw-r--r--src/OutputCommands.hxx38
-rw-r--r--src/PlayerCommands.cxx391
-rw-r--r--src/PlayerCommands.hxx92
-rw-r--r--src/PlaylistCommands.cxx228
-rw-r--r--src/PlaylistCommands.hxx62
-rw-r--r--src/PlaylistPrint.cxx (renamed from src/playlist_print.c)26
-rw-r--r--src/PlaylistPrint.hxx (renamed from src/playlist_print.h)17
-rw-r--r--src/QueueCommands.cxx393
-rw-r--r--src/QueueCommands.hxx86
-rw-r--r--src/QueuePrint.cxx (renamed from src/queue_print.c)31
-rw-r--r--src/QueuePrint.hxx (renamed from src/queue_print.h)14
-rw-r--r--src/Song.cxx (renamed from src/song.c)92
-rw-r--r--src/SongFilter.cxx170
-rw-r--r--src/SongFilter.hxx108
-rw-r--r--src/Stats.cxx90
-rw-r--r--src/StickerCommands.cxx196
-rw-r--r--src/StickerCommands.hxx32
-rw-r--r--src/audio_check.h2
-rw-r--r--src/audio_format.h19
-rw-r--r--src/audio_parser.h2
-rw-r--r--src/client.h15
-rw-r--r--src/client_file.h3
-rw-r--r--src/client_message.h9
-rw-r--r--src/client_subscribe.h6
-rw-r--r--src/clock.h6
-rw-r--r--src/command.c1671
-rw-r--r--src/command.h5
-rw-r--r--src/conf.c1
-rw-r--r--src/database.h46
-rw-r--r--src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.cxx482
-rw-r--r--src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.hxx27
-rw-r--r--src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.cxx (renamed from src/db/simple_db_plugin.c)280
-rw-r--r--src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.hxx99
-rw-r--r--src/dbUtils.c209
-rw-r--r--src/dbUtils.h56
-rw-r--r--src/db_lock.h15
-rw-r--r--src/db_plugin.h156
-rw-r--r--src/db_print.c393
-rw-r--r--src/db_save.h3
-rw-r--r--src/db_visitor.h54
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/OggUtil.cxx56
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/OggUtil.hxx48
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.cxx366
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.h25
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/OpusHead.cxx44
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/OpusHead.hxx30
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/OpusReader.hxx97
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/OpusTags.cxx77
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/OpusTags.hxx31
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/XiphTags.c28
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/XiphTags.h28
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/flac_common.c (renamed from src/decoder/_flac_common.c)2
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/flac_common.h (renamed from src/decoder/_flac_common.h)2
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/flac_decoder_plugin.c8
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/flac_metadata.c10
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/mad_decoder_plugin.c4
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/ogg_codec.c (renamed from src/decoder/_ogg_common.c)18
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/ogg_codec.h (renamed from src/decoder/_ogg_common.h)14
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/sidplay_decoder_plugin.cxx8
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/vorbis_comments.c10
-rw-r--r--src/decoder/vorbis_decoder_plugin.c6
-rw-r--r--src/decoder_control.c33
-rw-r--r--src/decoder_control.h94
-rw-r--r--src/decoder_error.h35
-rw-r--r--src/decoder_list.c4
-rw-r--r--src/decoder_thread.c21
-rw-r--r--src/directory.h41
-rw-r--r--src/encoder_plugin.h2
-rw-r--r--src/event_pipe.h2
-rw-r--r--src/fd_util.h8
-rw-r--r--src/filter/null_filter_plugin.c1
-rw-r--r--src/filter_plugin.h2
-rw-r--r--src/gcc.h32
-rw-r--r--src/gerror.h25
-rw-r--r--src/inotify_source.c2
-rw-r--r--src/inotify_source.h2
-rw-r--r--src/input_init.h3
-rw-r--r--src/listen.h2
-rw-r--r--src/locate.c239
-rw-r--r--src/locate.h92
-rw-r--r--src/ls.c2
-rw-r--r--src/main.c30
-rw-r--r--src/mapper.c21
-rw-r--r--src/mapper.h27
-rw-r--r--src/mixer_control.h2
-rw-r--r--src/mixer_plugin.h2
-rw-r--r--src/output/httpd_client.h3
-rw-r--r--src/output/pulse_output_plugin.h4
-rw-r--r--src/output_all.c19
-rw-r--r--src/output_all.h7
-rw-r--r--src/output_error.h35
-rw-r--r--src/output_plugin.h7
-rw-r--r--src/output_thread.c2
-rw-r--r--src/pcm_mix.h3
-rw-r--r--src/pcm_volume.h1
-rw-r--r--src/pipe.h11
-rw-r--r--src/player_control.c109
-rw-r--r--src/player_control.h100
-rw-r--r--src/player_thread.c68
-rw-r--r--src/playlist.c17
-rw-r--r--src/playlist_control.c5
-rw-r--r--src/playlist_edit.c20
-rw-r--r--src/playlist_queue.c6
-rw-r--r--src/playlist_song.c11
-rw-r--r--src/protocol/result.h5
-rw-r--r--src/queue.c11
-rw-r--r--src/queue_save.c3
-rw-r--r--src/resolver.h6
-rw-r--r--src/server_socket.h5
-rw-r--r--src/socket_util.c2
-rw-r--r--src/socket_util.h4
-rw-r--r--src/song.h65
-rw-r--r--src/song_print.c29
-rw-r--r--src/stats.c128
-rw-r--r--src/stats.h3
-rw-r--r--src/sticker.h10
-rw-r--r--src/sticker_print.c2
-rw-r--r--src/stored_playlist.c4
-rw-r--r--src/string_util.h8
-rw-r--r--src/strset.c2
-rw-r--r--src/strset.h6
-rw-r--r--src/tag.c20
-rw-r--r--src/tag_id3.h10
-rw-r--r--src/tag_pool.c25
-rw-r--r--src/tag_pool.h6
-rw-r--r--src/time_print.c47
-rw-r--r--src/time_print.h (renamed from src/db_internal.h)20
-rw-r--r--src/tokenizer.c2
-rw-r--r--src/tokenizer.h2
-rw-r--r--src/update.c2
-rw-r--r--src/update_archive.h9
-rw-r--r--src/uri.h10
-rw-r--r--src/util/bit_reverse.h5
-rw-r--r--src/util/list.h49
-rw-r--r--src/utils.h3
-rw-r--r--test/DumpDatabase.cxx151
-rw-r--r--test/FakeSong.cxx33
-rw-r--r--test/dump_playlist.c3
-rw-r--r--test/dump_text_file.c3
-rw-r--r--test/run_decoder.c5
-rw-r--r--test/run_inotify.c2
-rw-r--r--test/run_input.c4
-rw-r--r--test/test_queue_priority.c15
175 files changed, 7054 insertions, 3851 deletions
diff --git a/INSTALL b/INSTALL
index fdebbe71d..6139f787f 100644
--- a/INSTALL
+++ b/INSTALL
@@ -81,6 +81,9 @@ Alternative for MP3 support.
Ogg Vorbis - http://www.xiph.org/ogg/vorbis/
For Ogg Vorbis support. You will need libogg and libvorbis.
+libopus - http://libopus.sourceforge.net/
+Opus codec support
+
FLAC - http://flac.sourceforge.net/
For FLAC support. You will need version 1.1.0 or higher of libflac.
diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am
index 89b643530..ed284b50a 100644
--- a/Makefile.am
+++ b/Makefile.am
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ noinst_LIBRARIES = \
libpcm.a \
libtag.a \
libinput.a \
+ libdb_plugins.a \
libplaylist_plugins.a \
libdecoder_plugins.a \
libfilter_plugins.a \
@@ -19,10 +20,12 @@ noinst_LIBRARIES = \
liboutput_plugins.a
src_mpd_CPPFLAGS = $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
+ $(LIBMPDCLIENT_CFLAGS) \
$(AVAHI_CFLAGS) \
$(LIBWRAP_CFLAGS) \
$(SQLITE_CFLAGS)
src_mpd_LDADD = \
+ $(DB_LIBS) \
$(PLAYLIST_LIBS) \
$(AVAHI_LIBS) \
$(LIBWRAP_LDFLAGS) \
@@ -70,7 +73,6 @@ mpd_headers = \
src/cmdline.h \
src/conf.h \
src/crossfade.h \
- src/dbUtils.h \
src/decoder_thread.h \
src/decoder_control.h \
src/decoder_plugin.h \
@@ -87,6 +89,7 @@ mpd_headers = \
src/encoder_api.h \
src/exclude.h \
src/fd_util.h \
+ src/gerror.h \
src/glib_compat.h \
src/update.h \
src/inotify_source.h \
@@ -98,8 +101,6 @@ mpd_headers = \
src/decoder/flac_compat.h \
src/decoder/flac_metadata.h \
src/decoder/flac_pcm.h \
- src/decoder/_flac_common.h \
- src/decoder/_ogg_common.h \
src/decoder/pcm_decoder_plugin.h \
src/input_init.h \
src/input_plugin.h \
@@ -151,7 +152,6 @@ mpd_headers = \
src/playlist.h \
src/playlist_error.h \
src/playlist_internal.h \
- src/playlist_print.h \
src/playlist_save.h \
src/playlist_state.h \
src/playlist_plugin.h \
@@ -175,13 +175,13 @@ mpd_headers = \
src/riff.h \
src/aiff.h \
src/queue.h \
- src/queue_print.h \
src/queue_save.h \
src/refcount.h \
src/replay_gain_config.h \
src/replay_gain_info.h \
src/replay_gain_ape.h \
src/sig_handlers.h \
+ src/time_print.c src/time_print.h \
src/song.h \
src/song_print.h \
src/song_save.h \
@@ -208,7 +208,6 @@ mpd_headers = \
src/string_util.h \
src/volume.h \
src/zeroconf.h src/zeroconf-internal.h \
- src/locate.h \
src/stored_playlist.h \
src/timer.h \
src/archive_api.h \
@@ -235,30 +234,37 @@ src_mpd_SOURCES = \
src/audio_parser.c \
src/protocol/argparser.c src/protocol/argparser.h \
src/protocol/result.c src/protocol/result.h \
+ src/CommandError.cxx src/CommandError.h \
src/command.c \
+ src/QueueCommands.cxx src/QueueCommands.hxx \
+ src/PlayerCommands.cxx src/PlayerCommands.hxx \
+ src/PlaylistCommands.cxx src/PlaylistCommands.hxx \
+ src/DatabaseCommands.cxx src/DatabaseCommands.hxx \
+ src/OutputCommands.cxx src/OutputCommands.hxx \
+ src/MessageCommands.cxx src/MessageCommands.hxx \
src/idle.c \
src/cmdline.c \
src/conf.c \
src/crossfade.c \
src/cue/cue_parser.c src/cue/cue_parser.h \
- src/dbUtils.c \
+ src/decoder_error.h \
src/decoder_thread.c \
src/decoder_control.c \
src/decoder_api.c \
src/decoder_internal.c \
src/decoder_print.c \
- src/directory.c \
+ src/Directory.cxx \
src/directory_save.c \
- src/database.c \
- src/db_internal.h \
+ src/DatabaseGlue.cxx \
+ src/DatabasePrint.cxx src/DatabasePrint.hxx \
+ src/DatabaseQueue.cxx src/DatabaseQueue.hxx \
+ src/DatabasePlaylist.cxx src/DatabasePlaylist.hxx \
src/db_error.h \
src/db_lock.c src/db_lock.h \
src/db_save.c src/db_save.h \
- src/db_print.c src/db_print.h \
- src/db_plugin.h \
- src/db_visitor.h \
- src/db_selection.h \
- src/db/simple_db_plugin.c src/db/simple_db_plugin.h \
+ src/DatabasePlugin.hxx \
+ src/DatabaseVisitor.hxx \
+ src/DatabaseSelection.cxx src/DatabaseSelection.hxx \
src/exclude.c \
src/fd_util.c \
src/fifo_buffer.c src/fifo_buffer.h \
@@ -314,7 +320,7 @@ src_mpd_SOURCES = \
src/playlist_global.c \
src/playlist_control.c \
src/playlist_edit.c \
- src/playlist_print.c \
+ src/PlaylistPrint.cxx src/PlaylistPrint.hxx \
src/playlist_save.c \
src/playlist_mapper.c \
src/playlist_any.c \
@@ -324,19 +330,19 @@ src_mpd_SOURCES = \
src/playlist_vector.c \
src/playlist_database.c \
src/queue.c \
- src/queue_print.c \
+ src/QueuePrint.cxx src/QueuePrint.hxx \
src/queue_save.c \
src/replay_gain_config.c \
src/replay_gain_info.c \
src/sig_handlers.c \
- src/song.c \
+ src/Song.cxx \
src/song_update.c \
src/song_print.c \
src/song_save.c \
src/resolver.c src/resolver.h \
src/socket_util.c \
src/state_file.c \
- src/stats.c \
+ src/Stats.cxx \
src/tag.c \
src/tag_pool.c \
src/tag_print.c \
@@ -351,7 +357,7 @@ src_mpd_SOURCES = \
src/utils.c \
src/string_util.c \
src/volume.c \
- src/locate.c \
+ src/SongFilter.cxx src/SongFilter.hxx \
src/stored_playlist.c \
src/timer.c
@@ -383,6 +389,7 @@ endif
if ENABLE_SQLITE
src_mpd_SOURCES += \
+ src/StickerCommands.cxx src/StickerCommands.hxx \
src/sticker.c \
src/sticker_print.c \
src/song_sticker.c
@@ -427,6 +434,22 @@ if HAVE_LIBSAMPLERATE
libpcm_a_SOURCES += src/pcm_resample_libsamplerate.c
endif
+# database plugins
+
+libdb_plugins_a_SOURCES = \
+ src/DatabaseRegistry.cxx src/DatabaseRegistry.hxx \
+ src/DatabaseHelpers.cxx src/DatabaseHelpers.hxx \
+ src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.cxx src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.hxx
+
+if HAVE_LIBMPDCLIENT
+libdb_plugins_a_SOURCES += \
+ src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.cxx src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.hxx
+endif
+
+DB_LIBS = \
+ libdb_plugins.a \
+ $(LIBMPDCLIENT_LIBS)
+
# archive plugins
if ENABLE_ARCHIVE
@@ -515,6 +538,7 @@ libdecoder_plugins_a_CPPFLAGS = $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
$(WAVPACK_CFLAGS) \
$(MAD_CFLAGS) \
$(MPG123_CFLAGS) \
+ $(OPUS_CFLAGS) \
$(FFMPEG_CFLAGS) \
$(MPCDEC_CFLAGS) \
$(FAAD_CFLAGS)
@@ -532,6 +556,7 @@ DECODER_LIBS = \
$(WAVPACK_LIBS) \
$(MAD_LIBS) \
$(MPG123_LIBS) \
+ $(OPUS_LIBS) \
$(MP4FF_LIBS) \
$(FFMPEG_LIBS) \
$(MPCDEC_LIBS) \
@@ -551,6 +576,19 @@ if HAVE_MPCDEC
libdecoder_plugins_a_SOURCES += src/decoder/mpcdec_decoder_plugin.c
endif
+if HAVE_OPUS
+libdecoder_plugins_a_SOURCES += \
+ src/decoder/OggUtil.cxx \
+ src/decoder/OggUtil.hxx \
+ src/decoder/OpusReader.hxx \
+ src/decoder/OpusHead.hxx \
+ src/decoder/OpusHead.cxx \
+ src/decoder/OpusTags.cxx \
+ src/decoder/OpusTags.hxx \
+ src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.cxx \
+ src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.h
+endif
+
if HAVE_WAVPACK
libdecoder_plugins_a_SOURCES += src/decoder/wavpack_decoder_plugin.c
endif
@@ -563,15 +601,17 @@ if HAVE_MP4
libdecoder_plugins_a_SOURCES += src/decoder/mp4ff_decoder_plugin.c
endif
-if HAVE_OGG_COMMON
-libdecoder_plugins_a_SOURCES += src/decoder/_ogg_common.c
+if HAVE_XIPH
+libdecoder_plugins_a_SOURCES += \
+ src/decoder/XiphTags.c src/decoder/XiphTags.h \
+ src/decoder/ogg_codec.c src/decoder/ogg_codec.h
endif
if HAVE_FLAC_COMMON
libdecoder_plugins_a_SOURCES += \
src/decoder/flac_metadata.c \
src/decoder/flac_pcm.c \
- src/decoder/_flac_common.c
+ src/decoder/flac_common.c src/decoder/flac_common.h
endif
if ENABLE_VORBIS_DECODER
@@ -773,6 +813,7 @@ OUTPUT_API_SRC = \
src/output_list.c \
src/output_all.c \
src/output_thread.c \
+ src/output_error.h \
src/output_control.c \
src/output_state.c \
src/output_print.c \
@@ -998,6 +1039,7 @@ noinst_PROGRAMS = \
$(C_TESTS) \
test/read_conf \
test/run_resolver \
+ test/DumpDatabase \
test/run_input \
test/dump_text_file \
test/dump_playlist \
@@ -1028,6 +1070,23 @@ test_run_resolver_LDADD = \
test_run_resolver_SOURCES = test/run_resolver.c \
src/resolver.c
+test_DumpDatabase_LDADD = \
+ $(DB_LIBS) \
+ libutil.a \
+ $(GLIB_LIBS)
+test_DumpDatabase_SOURCES = test/DumpDatabase.cxx \
+ src/DatabaseRegistry.cxx \
+ src/DatabaseSelection.cxx \
+ src/Directory.cxx src/directory_save.c \
+ src/playlist_vector.c src/playlist_database.c \
+ src/db_lock.c src/db_save.c \
+ src/Song.cxx src/song_sort.c src/song_save.c \
+ src/tag.c src/tag_pool.c src/tag_save.c \
+ src/path.c \
+ src/SongFilter.cxx \
+ src/text_file.c \
+ src/conf.c src/tokenizer.c src/utils.c src/string_util.c
+
test_run_input_LDADD = \
$(INPUT_LIBS) \
$(ARCHIVE_LIBS) \
@@ -1065,7 +1124,7 @@ test_dump_playlist_SOURCES = test/dump_playlist.c \
src/io_thread.c src/io_thread.h \
src/conf.c src/tokenizer.c src/utils.c src/string_util.c\
src/uri.c \
- src/song.c src/tag.c src/tag_pool.c src/tag_save.c \
+ src/Song.cxx src/tag.c src/tag_pool.c src/tag_save.c \
src/tag_handler.c src/tag_file.c \
src/audio_check.c src/pcm_buffer.c \
src/text_input_stream.c src/fifo_buffer.c \
@@ -1314,7 +1373,6 @@ test_test_queue_priority_SOURCES = \
test_test_queue_priority_LDADD = \
$(GLIB_LIBS)
-if HAVE_CXX
noinst_PROGRAMS += src/dsd2pcm/dsd2pcm
src_dsd2pcm_dsd2pcm_SOURCES = \
@@ -1322,7 +1380,6 @@ src_dsd2pcm_dsd2pcm_SOURCES = \
src/dsd2pcm/noiseshape.c src/dsd2pcm/noiseshape.h \
src/dsd2pcm/main.cpp
src_dsd2pcm_dsd2pcm_LDADD = libutil.a
-endif
endif
diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS
index 19f86e8a7..ecec4fb79 100644
--- a/NEWS
+++ b/NEWS
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
+ver 0.18 (2012/??/??)
+* decoder:
+ - opus: new decoder plugin for the Opus codec
+* improved decoder/output error reporting
+
ver 0.17.2 (2012/??/??)
* protocol:
- fix crash in local file check
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 87106a4f2..702980a2f 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
AC_PREREQ(2.60)
-AC_INIT(mpd, 0.17.2~git, musicpd-dev-team@lists.sourceforge.net)
+AC_INIT(mpd, 0.18~git, musicpd-dev-team@lists.sourceforge.net)
VERSION_MAJOR=0
-VERSION_MINOR=17
+VERSION_MINOR=18
VERSION_REVISION=0
VERSION_EXTRA=0
@@ -23,22 +23,6 @@ AC_PROG_CC_C99
AC_PROG_CXX
AC_PROG_RANLIB
-HAVE_CXX=yes
-if test x$CXX = xg++; then
- # CXX=g++ probably means that autoconf hasn't found any C++
- # compiler; to be sure, we check again
- AC_PATH_PROG(CXX, $CXX, no)
- if test x$CXX = xno; then
- # no, we don't have C++ - the following hack is
- # required because automake insists on using $(CXX)
- # for linking the MPD binary
- AC_MSG_NOTICE([Disabling C++ support])
- CXX="$CC"
- HAVE_CXX=no
- fi
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_CXX, test x$HAVE_CXX = xyes)
-
AC_PROG_INSTALL
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
@@ -126,6 +110,19 @@ if test -z "$prefix" || test "x$prefix" = xNONE; then
fi
dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Language Checks
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_CXX_COMPILE_STDCXX_0X
+if test "$ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_native" != yes; then
+ if test "$ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_gxx" = yes; then
+ AM_CXXFLAGS="$AM_CXXFLAGS -std=gnu++0x"
+ elif test "$ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_cxx" = yes; then
+ AM_CXXFLAGS="$AM_CXXFLAGS -std=c++0x"
+ fi
+fi
+
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
dnl Header/Library Checks
dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(daemon fork)
@@ -147,6 +144,12 @@ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(valgrind/memcheck.h)
dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
dnl Allow tools to be specifically built
dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(mpdclient,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-libmpdclient],
+ [enable support for the MPD client]),,
+ enable_libmpdclient=auto)
+
AC_ARG_ENABLE(alsa,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-alsa], [enable ALSA support]),,
[enable_alsa=auto])
@@ -326,6 +329,11 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(openal,
[enable OpenAL support (default: disable)]),,
enable_openal=no)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(opus,
+ AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-opus],
+ [enable Opus codec support (default: auto)]),,
+ enable_opus=auto)
+
AC_ARG_ENABLE(oss,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-oss],
[disable OSS support (default: enable)]),,
@@ -537,6 +545,15 @@ dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
dnl Miscellaneous Libraries
dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl -------------------------------- libmpdclient --------------------------------
+MPD_AUTO_PKG(libmpdclient, LIBMPDCLIENT, [libmpdclient >= 2.2],
+ [MPD client library], [libmpdclient not found])
+if test x$enable_libmpdclient = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBMPDCLIENT, 1, [Define to use libmpdclient])
+fi
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LIBMPDCLIENT, test x$enable_libmpdclient = xyes)
+
dnl --------------------------------- inotify ---------------------------------
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(inotify_init inotify_init1)
@@ -899,9 +916,6 @@ fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_MIKMOD_DECODER, test x$enable_mikmod = xyes)
dnl -------------------------------- libmodplug -------------------------------
-found_modplug=$HAVE_CXX
-MPD_AUTO_PRE(modplug, [modplug decoder plugin], [No C++ compiler found])
-
MPD_AUTO_PKG(modplug, MODPLUG, [libmodplug],
[modplug decoder plugin], [libmodplug not found])
@@ -910,6 +924,14 @@ if test x$enable_modplug = xyes; then
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_MODPLUG, test x$enable_modplug = xyes)
+dnl -------------------------------- libopus ----------------------------------
+MPD_AUTO_PKG(opus, OPUS, [opus ogg],
+ [opus decoder plugin], [libopus not found])
+if test x$enable_opus = xyes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OPUS, 1, [Define to use libopus])
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_OPUS, test x$enable_opus = xyes)
+
dnl -------------------------------- libsndfile -------------------------------
dnl See above test, which may disable this.
MPD_AUTO_PKG(sndfile, SNDFILE, [sndfile],
@@ -1015,9 +1037,6 @@ fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_VORBIS_DECODER, test x$enable_vorbis = xyes || test x$enable_tremor = xyes)
dnl --------------------------------- sidplay ---------------------------------
-found_sidplay=$HAVE_CXX
-MPD_AUTO_PRE(sidplay, [sidplay decoder plugin], [No C++ compiler found])
-
if test x$enable_sidplay != xno; then
# we're not using pkg-config here
# because libsidplay2's .pc file requires libtool
@@ -1095,6 +1114,7 @@ if
test x$enable_mp4 = xno &&
test x$enable_mpc = xno &&
test x$enable_mpg123 = xno &&
+ test x$enable_opus = xno &&
test x$enable_sidplay = xno &&
test x$enable_tremor = xno &&
test x$enable_vorbis = xno &&
@@ -1104,8 +1124,8 @@ if
AC_MSG_ERROR([No input plugins supported!])
fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_OGG_COMMON,
- test x$enable_vorbis = xyes || test x$enable_tremor = xyes || test x$enable_flac = xyes)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_XIPH,
+ test x$enable_vorbis = xyes || test x$enable_tremor = xyes || test x$enable_flac = xyes || test x$enable_opus = xyes)
AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_FLAC_COMMON,
test x$enable_flac = xyes)
@@ -1499,6 +1519,16 @@ dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
dnl ---------------------------------- debug ----------------------------------
if test "x$enable_debug" = xno; then
AM_CPPFLAGS="$AM_CPPFLAGS -DNDEBUG"
+
+ AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-ffunction-sections])
+ AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-fdata-sections])
+
+ AC_LANG_PUSH([C++])
+ AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-ffunction-sections])
+ AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-fdata-sections])
+ AC_LANG_POP
+
+ AX_APPEND_LINK_FLAGS([-Wl,--gc-sections])
fi
dnl ----------------------------------- GCC -----------------------------------
@@ -1513,6 +1543,17 @@ then
AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-Wcast-qual])
AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-Wwrite-strings])
AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-pedantic])
+
+ AC_LANG_PUSH([C++])
+ AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-Wall])
+ AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-Wextra])
+ AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-Wmissing-declarations])
+ AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-Wshadow])
+ AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-Wpointer-arith])
+ AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-Wcast-qual])
+ AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-Wwrite-strings])
+ AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS([-Wsign-compare])
+ AC_LANG_POP
fi
dnl ---------------------------- warnings as errors ---------------------------
@@ -1559,6 +1600,7 @@ results(mpg123, [MPG123])
results(mp4, [MP4])
results(mpc, [Musepack])
printf '\n\t'
+results(opus, [OPUS])
results(tremor, [OggTremor])
results(vorbis, [OggVorbis])
results(audiofile, [WAVE])
diff --git a/doc/user.xml b/doc/user.xml
index 38d8a9d85..65b7cb10f 100644
--- a/doc/user.xml
+++ b/doc/user.xml
@@ -165,6 +165,53 @@ systemctl start mpd.socket</programlisting>
</section>
<section>
+ <title>Configuring database plugins</title>
+
+ <para>
+ If a music directory is configured, one database plugin is
+ used. To configure this plugin, add a
+ <varname>database</varname> block to
+ <filename>mpd.conf</filename>:
+ </para>
+
+ <programlisting>database {
+ plugin "simple"
+ path "/var/lib/mpd/db"
+}
+ </programlisting>
+
+ <para>
+ The following table lists the <varname>database</varname>
+ options valid for all plugins:
+ </para>
+
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ Name
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ Description
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <varname>plugin</varname>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ The name of the plugin.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
<title>Configuring input plugins</title>
<para>
@@ -618,6 +665,78 @@ systemctl start mpd.socket</programlisting>
<title>Plugin reference</title>
<section>
+ <title>Database plugins</title>
+
+ <section>
+ <title><varname>simple</varname></title>
+
+ <para>
+ The default plugin. Stores a copy of the database in
+ memory. A file is used for permanent storage.
+ </para>
+
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Setting</entry>
+ <entry>Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <varname>path</varname>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ The path of the database file.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title><varname>proxy</varname></title>
+
+ <para>
+ Provides access to the database of another MPD instance
+ using <filename>libmpdclient</filename>. Experimental!
+ </para>
+
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Setting</entry>
+ <entry>Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <varname>host</varname>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ The host name of the "master" MPD instance.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <varname>port</varname>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ The port number of the "master" MPD instance.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
<title>Input plugins</title>
<section>
diff --git a/m4/ax_append_link_flags.m4 b/m4/ax_append_link_flags.m4
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4fc433700
--- /dev/null
+++ b/m4/ax_append_link_flags.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# ===========================================================================
+# http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf-archive/ax_append_link_flags.html
+# ===========================================================================
+#
+# SYNOPSIS
+#
+# AX_APPEND_LINK_FLAGS([FLAG1 FLAG2 ...], [FLAGS-VARIABLE], [EXTRA-FLAGS])
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#
+# For every FLAG1, FLAG2 it is checked whether the linker works with the
+# flag. If it does, the flag is added FLAGS-VARIABLE
+#
+# If FLAGS-VARIABLE is not specified, the linker's flags (LDFLAGS) is
+# used. During the check the flag is always added to the linker's flags.
+#
+# If EXTRA-FLAGS is defined, it is added to the linker's default flags
+# when the check is done. The check is thus made with the flags: "LDFLAGS
+# EXTRA-FLAGS FLAG". This can for example be used to force the linker to
+# issue an error when a bad flag is given.
+#
+# NOTE: This macro depends on the AX_APPEND_FLAG and AX_CHECK_LINK_FLAG.
+# Please keep this macro in sync with AX_APPEND_COMPILE_FLAGS.
+#
+# LICENSE
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011 Maarten Bosmans <mkbosmans@gmail.com>
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+# Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your
+# option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
+# Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+# with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# As a special exception, the respective Autoconf Macro's copyright owner
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify the configure
+# scripts that are the output of Autoconf when processing the Macro. You
+# need not follow the terms of the GNU General Public License when using
+# or distributing such scripts, even though portions of the text of the
+# Macro appear in them. The GNU General Public License (GPL) does govern
+# all other use of the material that constitutes the Autoconf Macro.
+#
+# This special exception to the GPL applies to versions of the Autoconf
+# Macro released by the Autoconf Archive. When you make and distribute a
+# modified version of the Autoconf Macro, you may extend this special
+# exception to the GPL to apply to your modified version as well.
+
+#serial 2
+
+AC_DEFUN([AX_APPEND_LINK_FLAGS],
+[for flag in $1; do
+ AX_CHECK_LINK_FLAG([$flag], [AX_APPEND_FLAG([$flag], [m4_default([$2], [LDFLAGS])])], [], [$3])
+done
+])dnl AX_APPEND_LINK_FLAGS
diff --git a/m4/ax_check_link_flag.m4 b/m4/ax_check_link_flag.m4
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e2d0d363e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/m4/ax_check_link_flag.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+# ===========================================================================
+# http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf-archive/ax_check_link_flag.html
+# ===========================================================================
+#
+# SYNOPSIS
+#
+# AX_CHECK_LINK_FLAG(FLAG, [ACTION-SUCCESS], [ACTION-FAILURE], [EXTRA-FLAGS])
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#
+# Check whether the given FLAG works with the linker or gives an error.
+# (Warnings, however, are ignored)
+#
+# ACTION-SUCCESS/ACTION-FAILURE are shell commands to execute on
+# success/failure.
+#
+# If EXTRA-FLAGS is defined, it is added to the linker's default flags
+# when the check is done. The check is thus made with the flags: "LDFLAGS
+# EXTRA-FLAGS FLAG". This can for example be used to force the linker to
+# issue an error when a bad flag is given.
+#
+# NOTE: Implementation based on AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION. Please keep this
+# macro in sync with AX_CHECK_{PREPROC,COMPILE}_FLAG.
+#
+# LICENSE
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2008 Guido U. Draheim <guidod@gmx.de>
+# Copyright (c) 2011 Maarten Bosmans <mkbosmans@gmail.com>
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+# Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your
+# option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
+# Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+# with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# As a special exception, the respective Autoconf Macro's copyright owner
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify the configure
+# scripts that are the output of Autoconf when processing the Macro. You
+# need not follow the terms of the GNU General Public License when using
+# or distributing such scripts, even though portions of the text of the
+# Macro appear in them. The GNU General Public License (GPL) does govern
+# all other use of the material that constitutes the Autoconf Macro.
+#
+# This special exception to the GPL applies to versions of the Autoconf
+# Macro released by the Autoconf Archive. When you make and distribute a
+# modified version of the Autoconf Macro, you may extend this special
+# exception to the GPL to apply to your modified version as well.
+
+#serial 2
+
+AC_DEFUN([AX_CHECK_LINK_FLAG],
+[AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([CACHEVAR],[ax_cv_check_ldflags_$4_$1])dnl
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the linker accepts $1], CACHEVAR, [
+ ax_check_save_flags=$LDFLAGS
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $4 $1"
+ AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM()],
+ [AS_VAR_SET(CACHEVAR,[yes])],
+ [AS_VAR_SET(CACHEVAR,[no])])
+ LDFLAGS=$ax_check_save_flags])
+AS_IF([test x"AS_VAR_GET(CACHEVAR)" = xyes],
+ [m4_default([$2], :)],
+ [m4_default([$3], :)])
+AS_VAR_POPDEF([CACHEVAR])dnl
+])dnl AX_CHECK_LINK_FLAGS
diff --git a/m4/ax_cxx_compile_stdcxx_0x.m4 b/m4/ax_cxx_compile_stdcxx_0x.m4
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4e556ff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/m4/ax_cxx_compile_stdcxx_0x.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+# ============================================================================
+# http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf-archive/ax_cxx_compile_stdcxx_0x.html
+# ============================================================================
+#
+# SYNOPSIS
+#
+# AX_CXX_COMPILE_STDCXX_0X
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#
+# Check for baseline language coverage in the compiler for the C++0x
+# standard.
+#
+# LICENSE
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2008 Benjamin Kosnik <bkoz@redhat.com>
+#
+# Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are
+# permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice
+# and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is, without any
+# warranty.
+
+#serial 7
+
+AU_ALIAS([AC_CXX_COMPILE_STDCXX_0X], [AX_CXX_COMPILE_STDCXX_0X])
+AC_DEFUN([AX_CXX_COMPILE_STDCXX_0X], [
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK(if g++ supports C++0x features without additional flags,
+ ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_native,
+ [AC_LANG_SAVE
+ AC_LANG_CPLUSPLUS
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+ template <typename T>
+ struct check
+ {
+ static_assert(sizeof(int) <= sizeof(T), "not big enough");
+ };
+
+ typedef check<check<bool>> right_angle_brackets;
+
+ int a;
+ decltype(a) b;
+
+ typedef check<int> check_type;
+ check_type c;
+ check_type&& cr = static_cast<check_type&&>(c);],,
+ ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_native=yes, ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_native=no)
+ AC_LANG_RESTORE
+ ])
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK(if g++ supports C++0x features with -std=c++0x,
+ ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_cxx,
+ [AC_LANG_SAVE
+ AC_LANG_CPLUSPLUS
+ ac_save_CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS"
+ CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -std=c++0x"
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+ template <typename T>
+ struct check
+ {
+ static_assert(sizeof(int) <= sizeof(T), "not big enough");
+ };
+
+ typedef check<check<bool>> right_angle_brackets;
+
+ int a;
+ decltype(a) b;
+
+ typedef check<int> check_type;
+ check_type c;
+ check_type&& cr = static_cast<check_type&&>(c);],,
+ ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_cxx=yes, ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_cxx=no)
+ CXXFLAGS="$ac_save_CXXFLAGS"
+ AC_LANG_RESTORE
+ ])
+
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK(if g++ supports C++0x features with -std=gnu++0x,
+ ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_gxx,
+ [AC_LANG_SAVE
+ AC_LANG_CPLUSPLUS
+ ac_save_CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS"
+ CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -std=gnu++0x"
+ AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+ template <typename T>
+ struct check
+ {
+ static_assert(sizeof(int) <= sizeof(T), "not big enough");
+ };
+
+ typedef check<check<bool>> right_angle_brackets;
+
+ int a;
+ decltype(a) b;
+
+ typedef check<int> check_type;
+ check_type c;
+ check_type&& cr = static_cast<check_type&&>(c);],,
+ ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_gxx=yes, ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_gxx=no)
+ CXXFLAGS="$ac_save_CXXFLAGS"
+ AC_LANG_RESTORE
+ ])
+
+ if test "$ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_native" = yes ||
+ test "$ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_cxx" = yes ||
+ test "$ax_cv_cxx_compile_cxx0x_gxx" = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDCXX_0X,,[Define if g++ supports C++0x features. ])
+ fi
+])
diff --git a/src/CommandError.cxx b/src/CommandError.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..96b0095ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/CommandError.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "CommandError.h"
+#include "db_error.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "protocol/result.h"
+}
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+enum command_return
+print_playlist_result(struct client *client, enum playlist_result result)
+{
+ switch (result) {
+ case PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS:
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+
+ case PLAYLIST_RESULT_ERRNO:
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM, "%s",
+ g_strerror(errno));
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ case PLAYLIST_RESULT_DENIED:
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PERMISSION, "Access denied");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ case PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG:
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "No such song");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ case PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_LIST:
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "No such playlist");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ case PLAYLIST_RESULT_LIST_EXISTS:
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_EXIST,
+ "Playlist already exists");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ case PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_NAME:
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+ "playlist name is invalid: "
+ "playlist names may not contain slashes,"
+ " newlines or carriage returns");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ case PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE:
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "Bad song index");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ case PLAYLIST_RESULT_NOT_PLAYING:
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PLAYER_SYNC, "Not playing");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ case PLAYLIST_RESULT_TOO_LARGE:
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PLAYLIST_MAX,
+ "playlist is at the max size");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ case PLAYLIST_RESULT_DISABLED:
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
+ "stored playlist support is disabled");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ assert(0);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Send the GError to the client and free the GError.
+ */
+enum command_return
+print_error(struct client *client, GError *error)
+{
+ assert(client != NULL);
+ assert(error != NULL);
+
+ g_warning("%s", error->message);
+
+ if (error->domain == playlist_quark()) {
+ enum playlist_result result = (playlist_result)error->code;
+ g_error_free(error);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+ } else if (error->domain == ack_quark()) {
+ command_error(client, (ack)error->code, "%s", error->message);
+ g_error_free(error);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ } else if (error->domain == db_quark()) {
+ switch ((enum db_error)error->code) {
+ case DB_DISABLED:
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "%s",
+ error->message);
+ g_error_free(error);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ case DB_NOT_FOUND:
+ g_error_free(error);
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "Not found");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+ } else if (error->domain == g_file_error_quark()) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM, "%s",
+ g_strerror(error->code));
+ g_error_free(error);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ g_error_free(error);
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN, "error");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+}
diff --git a/src/CommandError.h b/src/CommandError.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f43afdb3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/CommandError.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_COMMAND_ERROR_H
+#define MPD_COMMAND_ERROR_H
+
+#include "command.h"
+#include "playlist_error.h"
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+G_BEGIN_DECLS
+
+enum command_return
+print_playlist_result(struct client *client, enum playlist_result result);
+
+/**
+ * Send the GError to the client and free the GError.
+ */
+enum command_return
+print_error(struct client *client, GError *error);
+
+G_END_DECLS
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/DatabaseCommands.cxx b/src/DatabaseCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..14e83e96a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "DatabaseCommands.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseQueue.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlaylist.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePrint.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "CommandError.h"
+#include "client_internal.h"
+#include "tag.h"
+#include "uri.h"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "protocol/result.h"
+}
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+enum command_return
+handle_lsinfo2(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ const char *uri;
+
+ if (argc == 2)
+ uri = argv[1];
+ else
+ /* default is root directory */
+ uri = "";
+
+ const DatabaseSelection selection(uri, false);
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ if (!db_selection_print(client, selection, true, &error))
+ return print_error(client, error);
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+static enum command_return
+handle_match(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[], bool fold_case)
+{
+ SongFilter filter;
+ if (!filter.Parse(argc - 1, argv + 1, fold_case)) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ const DatabaseSelection selection("", true, &filter);
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ return db_selection_print(client, selection, true, &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_find(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ return handle_match(client, argc, argv, false);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_search(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ return handle_match(client, argc, argv, true);
+}
+
+static enum command_return
+handle_match_add(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[], bool fold_case)
+{
+ SongFilter filter;
+ if (!filter.Parse(argc - 1, argv + 1, fold_case)) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ return findAddIn(client->player_control, "", &filter, &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_findadd(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ return handle_match_add(client, argc, argv, false);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_searchadd(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ return handle_match_add(client, argc, argv, true);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_searchaddpl(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ const char *playlist = argv[1];
+
+ SongFilter filter;
+ if (!filter.Parse(argc - 2, argv + 2, true)) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ return search_add_to_playlist("", playlist, &filter, &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_count(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ SongFilter filter;
+ if (!filter.Parse(argc - 1, argv + 1, false)) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ return searchStatsForSongsIn(client, "", &filter, &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listall(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ const char *directory = "";
+
+ if (argc == 2)
+ directory = argv[1];
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ return printAllIn(client, directory, &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_list(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned tagType = locate_parse_type(argv[1]);
+
+ if (tagType == TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "\"%s\" is not known", argv[1]);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (tagType == LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+ "\"any\" is not a valid return tag type");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* for compatibility with < 0.12.0 */
+ SongFilter *filter;
+ if (argc == 3) {
+ if (tagType != TAG_ALBUM) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+ "should be \"%s\" for 3 arguments",
+ tag_item_names[TAG_ALBUM]);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ filter = new SongFilter((unsigned)TAG_ARTIST, argv[2]);
+ } else if (argc > 2) {
+ filter = new SongFilter();
+ if (!filter->Parse(argc - 2, argv + 2, false)) {
+ delete filter;
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+ "not able to parse args");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+ } else
+ filter = nullptr;
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ enum command_return ret =
+ listAllUniqueTags(client, tagType, filter, &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+
+ delete filter;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listallinfo(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ const char *directory = "";
+
+ if (argc == 2)
+ directory = argv[1];
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ return printInfoForAllIn(client, directory, &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+}
diff --git a/src/DatabaseCommands.hxx b/src/DatabaseCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..24ff71329
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+G_BEGIN_DECLS
+
+enum command_return
+handle_lsinfo2(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_find(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_findadd(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_search(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_searchadd(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_searchaddpl(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_count(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listall(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_list(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listallinfo(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+G_END_DECLS
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/database.c b/src/DatabaseGlue.cxx
index 8c903bb45..b980ded83 100644
--- a/src/database.c
+++ b/src/DatabaseGlue.cxx
@@ -18,17 +18,22 @@
*/
#include "config.h"
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseRegistry.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
#include "database.h"
#include "db_error.h"
#include "db_save.h"
-#include "db_selection.h"
-#include "db_visitor.h"
-#include "db_plugin.h"
-#include "db/simple_db_plugin.h"
-#include "directory.h"
#include "stats.h"
#include "conf.h"
#include "glib_compat.h"
+}
+
+#include "directory.h"
+
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.hxx"
#include <glib.h>
@@ -42,25 +47,25 @@
#undef G_LOG_DOMAIN
#define G_LOG_DOMAIN "database"
-static struct db *db;
+static Database *db;
static bool db_is_open;
bool
-db_init(const struct config_param *path, GError **error_r)
+db_init(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r)
{
assert(db == NULL);
assert(!db_is_open);
- if (path == NULL)
- return true;
-
- struct config_param *param = config_new_param("database", path->line);
- config_add_block_param(param, "path", path->value, path->line);
-
- db = db_plugin_new(&simple_db_plugin, param, error_r);
-
- config_param_free(param);
+ const char *plugin_name =
+ config_get_block_string(param, "plugin", "simple");
+ const DatabasePlugin *plugin = GetDatabasePluginByName(plugin_name);
+ if (plugin == NULL) {
+ g_set_error(error_r, db_quark(), 0,
+ "No such database plugin: %s", plugin_name);
+ return false;
+ }
+ db = plugin->create(param, error_r);
return db != NULL;
}
@@ -68,18 +73,47 @@ void
db_finish(void)
{
if (db_is_open)
- db_plugin_close(db);
+ db->Close();
if (db != NULL)
- db_plugin_free(db);
+ delete db;
+}
+
+const Database *
+GetDatabase()
+{
+ assert(db == NULL || db_is_open);
+
+ return db;
+}
+
+const Database *
+GetDatabase(GError **error_r)
+{
+ assert(db == nullptr || db_is_open);
+
+ if (db == nullptr)
+ g_set_error_literal(error_r, db_quark(), DB_DISABLED,
+ "No database");
+
+ return db;
+}
+
+bool
+db_is_simple(void)
+{
+ assert(db == NULL || db_is_open);
+
+ return dynamic_cast<SimpleDatabase *>(db) != nullptr;
}
struct directory *
db_get_root(void)
{
assert(db != NULL);
+ assert(db_is_simple());
- return simple_db_get_root(db);
+ return ((SimpleDatabase *)db)->GetRoot();
}
struct directory *
@@ -107,32 +141,16 @@ db_get_song(const char *file)
if (db == NULL)
return NULL;
- return db_plugin_get_song(db, file, NULL);
+ return db->GetSong(file, NULL);
}
-bool
-db_visit(const struct db_selection *selection,
- const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
- GError **error_r)
-{
- if (db == NULL) {
- g_set_error_literal(error_r, db_quark(), DB_DISABLED,
- "No database");
- return false;
- }
-
- return db_plugin_visit(db, selection, visitor, ctx, error_r);
-}
-
-bool
-db_walk(const char *uri,
- const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
- GError **error_r)
+void
+db_return_song(struct song *song)
{
- struct db_selection selection;
- db_selection_init(&selection, uri, true);
+ assert(db != nullptr);
+ assert(song != nullptr);
- return db_visit(&selection, visitor, ctx, error_r);
+ db->ReturnSong(song);
}
bool
@@ -140,8 +158,9 @@ db_save(GError **error_r)
{
assert(db != NULL);
assert(db_is_open);
+ assert(db_is_simple());
- return simple_db_save(db, error_r);
+ return ((SimpleDatabase *)db)->Save(error_r);
}
bool
@@ -150,7 +169,7 @@ db_load(GError **error)
assert(db != NULL);
assert(!db_is_open);
- if (!db_plugin_open(db, error))
+ if (!db->Open(error))
return false;
db_is_open = true;
@@ -165,6 +184,7 @@ db_get_mtime(void)
{
assert(db != NULL);
assert(db_is_open);
+ assert(db_is_simple());
- return simple_db_get_mtime(db);
+ return ((SimpleDatabase *)db)->GetLastModified();
}
diff --git a/src/DatabaseGlue.hxx b/src/DatabaseGlue.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b38ba595a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseGlue.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_GLUE_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_GLUE_HXX
+
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
+
+class Database;
+
+/**
+ * Returns the global #Database instance. May return NULL if this MPD
+ * configuration has no database (no music_directory was configured).
+ */
+gcc_pure
+const Database *
+GetDatabase();
+
+/**
+ * Returns the global #Database instance. May return NULL if this MPD
+ * configuration has no database (no music_directory was configured).
+ */
+gcc_pure
+const Database *
+GetDatabase(GError **error_r);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/DatabaseHelpers.cxx b/src/DatabaseHelpers.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc31a4bc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseHelpers.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "DatabaseHelpers.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "song.h"
+#include "tag.h"
+
+#include <functional>
+#include <set>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct StringLess {
+ gcc_pure
+ bool operator()(const char *a, const char *b) const {
+ return strcmp(a, b) < 0;
+ }
+};
+
+typedef std::set<const char *, StringLess> StringSet;
+
+static bool
+CollectTags(StringSet &set, enum tag_type tag_type, song &song)
+{
+ struct tag *tag = song.tag;
+ if (tag == nullptr)
+ return true;
+
+ bool found = false;
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < tag->num_items; ++i) {
+ if (tag->items[i]->type == tag_type) {
+ set.insert(tag->items[i]->value);
+ found = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!found)
+ set.insert("");
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool
+VisitUniqueTags(const Database &db, const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ enum tag_type tag_type,
+ VisitString visit_string,
+ GError **error_r)
+{
+ StringSet set;
+
+ using namespace std::placeholders;
+ const auto f = std::bind(CollectTags, std::ref(set), tag_type, _1);
+ if (!db.Visit(selection, f, error_r))
+ return false;
+
+ for (auto value : set)
+ if (!visit_string(value, error_r))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void
+StatsVisitTag(DatabaseStats &stats, StringSet &artists, StringSet &albums,
+ const struct tag &tag)
+{
+ if (tag.time > 0)
+ stats.total_duration += tag.time;
+
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < tag.num_items; ++i) {
+ const struct tag_item &item = *tag.items[i];
+
+ switch (item.type) {
+ case TAG_ARTIST:
+ artists.insert(item.value);
+ break;
+
+ case TAG_ALBUM:
+ albums.insert(item.value);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static bool
+StatsVisitSong(DatabaseStats &stats, StringSet &artists, StringSet &albums,
+ song &song)
+{
+ ++stats.song_count;
+
+ if (song.tag != nullptr)
+ StatsVisitTag(stats, artists, albums, *song.tag);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool
+GetStats(const Database &db, const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ DatabaseStats &stats, GError **error_r)
+{
+ stats.Clear();
+
+ StringSet artists, albums;
+ using namespace std::placeholders;
+ const auto f = std::bind(StatsVisitSong,
+ std::ref(stats), std::ref(artists),
+ std::ref(albums), _1);
+ if (!db.Visit(selection, f, error_r))
+ return false;
+
+ stats.artist_count = artists.size();
+ stats.album_count = albums.size();
+ return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/DatabaseHelpers.hxx b/src/DatabaseHelpers.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cfcc94ac7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseHelpers.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_MEMORY_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+#define MPD_MEMORY_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+
+#include "DatabaseVisitor.hxx"
+#include "tag.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+class Database;
+struct DatabaseSelection;
+struct DatabaseStats;
+
+bool
+VisitUniqueTags(const Database &db, const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ enum tag_type tag_type,
+ VisitString visit_string,
+ GError **error_r);
+
+bool
+GetStats(const Database &db, const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ DatabaseStats &stats, GError **error_r);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/DatabasePlaylist.cxx b/src/DatabasePlaylist.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f9934bab2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabasePlaylist.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "DatabasePlaylist.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "stored_playlist.h"
+}
+
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+
+#include <functional>
+
+static bool
+AddSong(const char *playlist_path_utf8,
+ song &song, GError **error_r)
+{
+ return spl_append_song(playlist_path_utf8, &song, error_r);
+}
+
+bool
+search_add_to_playlist(const char *uri, const char *playlist_path_utf8,
+ const SongFilter *filter,
+ GError **error_r)
+{
+ const Database *db = GetDatabase(error_r);
+ if (db == nullptr)
+ return false;
+
+ const DatabaseSelection selection(uri, true, filter);
+
+ using namespace std::placeholders;
+ const auto f = std::bind(AddSong, playlist_path_utf8, _1, _2);
+ return db->Visit(selection, f, error_r);
+}
diff --git a/src/db/simple_db_plugin.h b/src/DatabasePlaylist.hxx
index 511505846..7c6952ffa 100644
--- a/src/db/simple_db_plugin.h
+++ b/src/DatabasePlaylist.hxx
@@ -17,26 +17,18 @@
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
-#ifndef MPD_SIMPLE_DB_PLUGIN_H
-#define MPD_SIMPLE_DB_PLUGIN_H
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_PLAYLIST_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_PLAYLIST_HXX
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <time.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
-extern const struct db_plugin simple_db_plugin;
-
-struct db;
-
-G_GNUC_PURE
-struct directory *
-simple_db_get_root(struct db *db);
+class SongFilter;
+gcc_nonnull(1,2)
bool
-simple_db_save(struct db *db, GError **error_r);
-
-G_GNUC_PURE
-time_t
-simple_db_get_mtime(const struct db *db);
+search_add_to_playlist(const char *uri, const char *path_utf8,
+ const SongFilter *filter,
+ GError **error_r);
#endif
diff --git a/src/DatabasePlugin.hxx b/src/DatabasePlugin.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a175b3cd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabasePlugin.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This header declares the db_plugin class. It describes a
+ * plugin API for databases of song metadata.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+
+#include "DatabaseVisitor.hxx"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "tag.h"
+}
+
+struct config_param;
+struct DatabaseSelection;
+struct db_visitor;
+
+struct DatabaseStats {
+ /**
+ * Number of songs.
+ */
+ unsigned song_count;
+
+ /**
+ * Total duration of all songs (in seconds).
+ */
+ unsigned long total_duration;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of distinct artist names.
+ */
+ unsigned artist_count;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of distinct album names.
+ */
+ unsigned album_count;
+
+ void Clear() {
+ song_count = 0;
+ total_duration = 0;
+ artist_count = album_count = 0;
+ }
+};
+
+class Database {
+public:
+ /**
+ * Free instance data.
+ */
+ virtual ~Database() {}
+
+ /**
+ * Open the database. Read it into memory if applicable.
+ */
+ virtual bool Open(gcc_unused GError **error_r) {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Close the database, free allocated memory.
+ */
+ virtual void Close() {}
+
+ /**
+ * Look up a song (including tag data) in the database. When
+ * you don't need this anymore, call ReturnSong().
+ *
+ * @param uri_utf8 the URI of the song within the music
+ * directory (UTF-8)
+ */
+ virtual struct song *GetSong(const char *uri_utf8,
+ GError **error_r) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Mark the song object as "unused". Call this on objects
+ * returned by GetSong().
+ */
+ virtual void ReturnSong(struct song *song) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Visit the selected entities.
+ */
+ virtual bool Visit(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ VisitDirectory visit_directory,
+ VisitSong visit_song,
+ VisitPlaylist visit_playlist,
+ GError **error_r) const = 0;
+
+ bool Visit(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ VisitDirectory visit_directory,
+ VisitSong visit_song,
+ GError **error_r) const {
+ return Visit(selection, visit_directory, visit_song,
+ VisitPlaylist(), error_r);
+ }
+
+ bool Visit(const DatabaseSelection &selection, VisitSong visit_song,
+ GError **error_r) const {
+ return Visit(selection, VisitDirectory(), visit_song, error_r);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Visit all unique tag values.
+ */
+ virtual bool VisitUniqueTags(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ enum tag_type tag_type,
+ VisitString visit_string,
+ GError **error_r) const = 0;
+
+ virtual bool GetStats(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ DatabaseStats &stats,
+ GError **error_r) const = 0;
+};
+
+struct DatabasePlugin {
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * Allocates and configures a database.
+ */
+ Database *(*create)(const struct config_param *param,
+ GError **error_r);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/DatabasePrint.cxx b/src/DatabasePrint.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97ff9c12c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabasePrint.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "DatabasePrint.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "database.h"
+#include "client.h"
+#include "song.h"
+#include "song_print.h"
+#include "time_print.h"
+#include "playlist_vector.h"
+#include "tag.h"
+}
+
+#include "directory.h"
+
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+
+#include <functional>
+
+static bool
+PrintDirectory(struct client *client, const directory &directory)
+{
+ if (!directory_is_root(&directory))
+ client_printf(client, "directory: %s\n",
+ directory_get_path(&directory));
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void
+print_playlist_in_directory(struct client *client,
+ const directory &directory,
+ const char *name_utf8)
+{
+ if (directory_is_root(&directory))
+ client_printf(client, "playlist: %s\n", name_utf8);
+ else
+ client_printf(client, "playlist: %s/%s\n",
+ directory_get_path(&directory), name_utf8);
+}
+
+static bool
+PrintSongBrief(struct client *client, song &song)
+{
+ assert(song.parent != NULL);
+
+ song_print_uri(client, &song);
+
+ if (song.tag != NULL && song.tag->has_playlist)
+ /* this song file has an embedded CUE sheet */
+ print_playlist_in_directory(client, *song.parent, song.uri);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+PrintSongFull(struct client *client, song &song)
+{
+ assert(song.parent != NULL);
+
+ song_print_info(client, &song);
+
+ if (song.tag != NULL && song.tag->has_playlist)
+ /* this song file has an embedded CUE sheet */
+ print_playlist_in_directory(client, *song.parent, song.uri);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+PrintPlaylistBrief(struct client *client,
+ const playlist_metadata &playlist,
+ const directory &directory)
+{
+ print_playlist_in_directory(client, directory, playlist.name);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+PrintPlaylistFull(struct client *client,
+ const playlist_metadata &playlist,
+ const directory &directory)
+{
+ print_playlist_in_directory(client, directory, playlist.name);
+
+ if (playlist.mtime > 0)
+ time_print(client, "Last-Modified", playlist.mtime);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool
+db_selection_print(struct client *client, const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ bool full, GError **error_r)
+{
+ const Database *db = GetDatabase(error_r);
+ if (db == nullptr)
+ return false;
+
+ using namespace std::placeholders;
+ const auto d = selection.filter == nullptr
+ ? std::bind(PrintDirectory, client, _1)
+ : VisitDirectory();
+ const auto s = std::bind(full ? PrintSongFull : PrintSongBrief,
+ client, _1);
+ const auto p = selection.filter == nullptr
+ ? std::bind(full ? PrintPlaylistFull : PrintPlaylistBrief,
+ client, _1, _2)
+ : VisitPlaylist();
+
+ return db->Visit(selection, d, s, p, error_r);
+}
+
+struct SearchStats {
+ int numberOfSongs;
+ unsigned long playTime;
+};
+
+static void printSearchStats(struct client *client, SearchStats *stats)
+{
+ client_printf(client, "songs: %i\n", stats->numberOfSongs);
+ client_printf(client, "playtime: %li\n", stats->playTime);
+}
+
+static bool
+stats_visitor_song(SearchStats &stats, song &song)
+{
+ stats.numberOfSongs++;
+ stats.playTime += song_get_duration(&song);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool
+searchStatsForSongsIn(struct client *client, const char *name,
+ const SongFilter *filter,
+ GError **error_r)
+{
+ const Database *db = GetDatabase(error_r);
+ if (db == nullptr)
+ return false;
+
+ const DatabaseSelection selection(name, true, filter);
+
+ SearchStats stats;
+ stats.numberOfSongs = 0;
+ stats.playTime = 0;
+
+ using namespace std::placeholders;
+ const auto f = std::bind(stats_visitor_song, std::ref(stats),
+ _1);
+ if (!db->Visit(selection, f, error_r))
+ return false;
+
+ printSearchStats(client, &stats);
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool
+printAllIn(struct client *client, const char *uri_utf8, GError **error_r)
+{
+ const DatabaseSelection selection(uri_utf8, true);
+ return db_selection_print(client, selection, false, error_r);
+}
+
+bool
+printInfoForAllIn(struct client *client, const char *uri_utf8,
+ GError **error_r)
+{
+ const DatabaseSelection selection(uri_utf8, true);
+ return db_selection_print(client, selection, true, error_r);
+}
+
+static bool
+PrintSongURIVisitor(struct client *client, song &song)
+{
+ song_print_uri(client, &song);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+PrintUniqueTag(struct client *client, enum tag_type tag_type,
+ const char *value)
+{
+ client_printf(client, "%s: %s\n", tag_item_names[tag_type], value);
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool
+listAllUniqueTags(struct client *client, int type,
+ const SongFilter *filter,
+ GError **error_r)
+{
+ const Database *db = GetDatabase(error_r);
+ if (db == nullptr)
+ return false;
+
+ const DatabaseSelection selection("", true, filter);
+
+ if (type == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE) {
+ using namespace std::placeholders;
+ const auto f = std::bind(PrintSongURIVisitor, client, _1);
+ return db->Visit(selection, f, error_r);
+ } else {
+ using namespace std::placeholders;
+ const auto f = std::bind(PrintUniqueTag, client,
+ (enum tag_type)type, _1);
+ return db->VisitUniqueTags(selection, (enum tag_type)type,
+ f, error_r);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/src/db_print.h b/src/DatabasePrint.hxx
index 1b957da18..4aacd9363 100644
--- a/src/db_print.h
+++ b/src/DatabasePrint.hxx
@@ -21,18 +21,18 @@
#define MPD_DB_PRINT_H
#include "gcc.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
-#include <glib.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
struct client;
-struct locate_item_list;
-struct db_selection;
+class SongFilter;
+struct DatabaseSelection;
struct db_visitor;
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
+gcc_nonnull(1)
bool
-db_selection_print(struct client *client, const struct db_selection *selection,
+db_selection_print(struct client *client, const DatabaseSelection &selection,
bool full, GError **error_r);
gcc_nonnull(1,2)
@@ -44,28 +44,16 @@ bool
printInfoForAllIn(struct client *client, const char *uri_utf8,
GError **error_r);
-gcc_nonnull(1,2,3)
-bool
-searchForSongsIn(struct client *client, const char *name,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
- GError **error_r);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2,3)
-bool
-findSongsIn(struct client *client, const char *name,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
- GError **error_r);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2,3)
+gcc_nonnull(1,2)
bool
searchStatsForSongsIn(struct client *client, const char *name,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
+ const SongFilter *filter,
GError **error_r);
-gcc_nonnull(1,3)
+gcc_nonnull(1)
bool
listAllUniqueTags(struct client *client, int type,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
+ const SongFilter *filter,
GError **error_r);
#endif
diff --git a/src/DatabaseQueue.cxx b/src/DatabaseQueue.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..325748d02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseQueue.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "DatabaseQueue.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "playlist.h"
+}
+
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+
+#include <functional>
+
+static bool
+AddToQueue(struct player_control *pc, song &song, GError **error_r)
+{
+ enum playlist_result result =
+ playlist_append_song(&g_playlist, pc, &song, NULL);
+ if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
+ g_set_error(error_r, playlist_quark(), result,
+ "Playlist error");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool
+findAddIn(struct player_control *pc, const char *uri,
+ const SongFilter *filter, GError **error_r)
+{
+ const Database *db = GetDatabase(error_r);
+ if (db == nullptr)
+ return false;
+
+ const DatabaseSelection selection(uri, true, filter);
+
+ using namespace std::placeholders;
+ const auto f = std::bind(AddToQueue, pc, _1, _2);
+ return db->Visit(selection, f, error_r);
+}
diff --git a/src/DatabaseQueue.hxx b/src/DatabaseQueue.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21ffe0fb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseQueue.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_QUEUE_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_QUEUE_HXX
+
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
+
+class SongFilter;
+struct player_control;
+
+gcc_nonnull(1,2)
+bool
+findAddIn(struct player_control *pc, const char *name,
+ const SongFilter *filter, GError **error_r);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/DatabaseRegistry.cxx b/src/DatabaseRegistry.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf01decdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseRegistry.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "DatabaseRegistry.hxx"
+#include "db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.hxx"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+const DatabasePlugin *const database_plugins[] = {
+ &simple_db_plugin,
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBMPDCLIENT
+ &proxy_db_plugin,
+#endif
+ NULL
+};
+
+const DatabasePlugin *
+GetDatabasePluginByName(const char *name)
+{
+ for (auto i = database_plugins; *i != nullptr; ++i)
+ if (strcmp((*i)->name, name) == 0)
+ return *i;
+
+ return nullptr;
+}
diff --git a/src/DatabaseRegistry.hxx b/src/DatabaseRegistry.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4be581573
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseRegistry.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_REGISTRY_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_REGISTRY_HXX
+
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+struct DatabasePlugin;
+
+/**
+ * NULL terminated list of all database plugins which were enabled at
+ * compile time.
+ */
+extern const DatabasePlugin *const database_plugins[];
+
+gcc_pure
+const DatabasePlugin *
+GetDatabasePluginByName(const char *name);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/DatabaseSelection.cxx b/src/DatabaseSelection.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd756f5f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseSelection.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+
+bool
+DatabaseSelection::Match(const song &song) const
+{
+ return filter == nullptr || filter->Match(song);
+}
diff --git a/src/db_selection.h b/src/DatabaseSelection.hxx
index 2cebb4907..3a81c01ec 100644
--- a/src/db_selection.h
+++ b/src/DatabaseSelection.hxx
@@ -17,17 +17,18 @@
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
-#ifndef MPD_DB_SELECTION_H
-#define MPD_DB_SELECTION_H
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_SELECTION_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_SELECTION_HXX
#include "gcc.h"
#include <assert.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
-struct directory;
+class SongFilter;
struct song;
-struct db_selection {
+struct DatabaseSelection {
/**
* The base URI of the search (UTF-8). Must not begin or end
* with a slash. NULL or an empty string searches the whole
@@ -39,18 +40,17 @@ struct db_selection {
* Recursively search all sub directories?
*/
bool recursive;
-};
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
-static inline void
-db_selection_init(struct db_selection *selection,
- const char *uri, bool recursive)
-{
- assert(selection != NULL);
- assert(uri != NULL);
-
- selection->uri = uri;
- selection->recursive = recursive;
-}
+ const SongFilter *filter;
+
+ DatabaseSelection(const char *_uri, bool _recursive,
+ const SongFilter *_filter=nullptr)
+ :uri(_uri), recursive(_recursive), filter(_filter) {
+ assert(uri != NULL);
+ }
+
+ gcc_pure
+ bool Match(const song &song) const;
+};
#endif
diff --git a/src/DatabaseVisitor.hxx b/src/DatabaseVisitor.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..10f907cef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/DatabaseVisitor.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DATABASE_VISITOR_HXX
+#define MPD_DATABASE_VISITOR_HXX
+
+#include "gerror.h"
+
+#include <functional>
+
+struct directory;
+struct song;
+struct playlist_metadata;
+
+typedef std::function<bool(const directory &, GError **)> VisitDirectory;
+typedef std::function<bool(struct song &, GError **)> VisitSong;
+typedef std::function<bool(const playlist_metadata &, const directory &,
+ GError **)> VisitPlaylist;
+
+typedef std::function<bool(const char *, GError **)> VisitString;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/directory.c b/src/Directory.cxx
index e886698d6..eeba903d1 100644
--- a/src/directory.c
+++ b/src/Directory.cxx
@@ -19,13 +19,16 @@
#include "config.h"
#include "directory.h"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
#include "song.h"
#include "song_sort.h"
#include "playlist_vector.h"
#include "path.h"
#include "util/list_sort.h"
-#include "db_visitor.h"
#include "db_lock.h"
+}
#include <glib.h>
@@ -33,23 +36,34 @@
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
-struct directory *
-directory_new(const char *path, struct directory *parent)
+static directory *
+directory_allocate(const char *path)
{
- struct directory *directory;
- size_t pathlen = strlen(path);
-
assert(path != NULL);
- assert((*path == 0) == (parent == NULL));
- directory = g_malloc0(sizeof(*directory) -
- sizeof(directory->path) + pathlen + 1);
+ const size_t path_size = strlen(path) + 1;
+ directory *directory =
+ (struct directory *)g_malloc0(sizeof(*directory)
+ - sizeof(directory->path)
+ + path_size);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&directory->children);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&directory->songs);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&directory->playlists);
+ memcpy(directory->path, path, path_size);
+
+ return directory;
+}
+
+struct directory *
+directory_new(const char *path, struct directory *parent)
+{
+ assert(path != NULL);
+ assert((*path == 0) == (parent == NULL));
+
+ directory *directory = directory_allocate(path);
+
directory->parent = parent;
- memcpy(directory->path, path, pathlen + 1);
return directory;
}
@@ -277,36 +291,38 @@ directory_sort(struct directory *directory)
}
bool
-directory_walk(const struct directory *directory, bool recursive,
- const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
- GError **error_r)
+directory::Walk(bool recursive, const SongFilter *filter,
+ VisitDirectory visit_directory, VisitSong visit_song,
+ VisitPlaylist visit_playlist,
+ GError **error_r) const
{
- assert(directory != NULL);
- assert(visitor != NULL);
assert(error_r == NULL || *error_r == NULL);
- if (visitor->song != NULL) {
+ if (visit_song) {
struct song *song;
- directory_for_each_song(song, directory)
- if (!visitor->song(song, ctx, error_r))
+ directory_for_each_song(song, this)
+ if ((filter == nullptr || filter->Match(*song)) &&
+ !visit_song(*song, error_r))
return false;
}
- if (visitor->playlist != NULL) {
+ if (visit_playlist) {
struct playlist_metadata *i;
- directory_for_each_playlist(i, directory)
- if (!visitor->playlist(i, directory, ctx, error_r))
+ directory_for_each_playlist(i, this)
+ if (!visit_playlist(*i, *this, error_r))
return false;
}
struct directory *child;
- directory_for_each_child(child, directory) {
- if (visitor->directory != NULL &&
- !visitor->directory(child, ctx, error_r))
+ directory_for_each_child(child, this) {
+ if (visit_directory &&
+ !visit_directory(*child, error_r))
return false;
if (recursive &&
- !directory_walk(child, recursive, visitor, ctx, error_r))
+ !child->Walk(recursive, filter,
+ visit_directory, visit_song, visit_playlist,
+ error_r))
return false;
}
diff --git a/src/MessageCommands.cxx b/src/MessageCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..428470e60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MessageCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "MessageCommands.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "protocol/argparser.h"
+#include "protocol/result.h"
+#include "client_internal.h"
+#include "client_subscribe.h"
+}
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+enum command_return
+handle_subscribe(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ assert(argc == 2);
+
+ switch (client_subscribe(client, argv[1])) {
+ case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_OK:
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+
+ case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_INVALID:
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+ "invalid channel name");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_ALREADY:
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_EXIST,
+ "already subscribed to this channel");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_FULL:
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_EXIST,
+ "subscription list is full");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /* unreachable */
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_unsubscribe(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ assert(argc == 2);
+
+ if (client_unsubscribe(client, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+ else {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+ "not subscribed to this channel");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+struct channels_context {
+ GStringChunk *chunk;
+
+ GHashTable *channels;
+};
+
+static void
+collect_channels(gpointer data, gpointer user_data)
+{
+ struct channels_context *context =
+ (struct channels_context *)user_data;
+ const struct client *client = (const struct client *)data;
+
+ for (GSList *i = client->subscriptions; i != NULL;
+ i = g_slist_next(i)) {
+ const char *channel = (const char *)i->data;
+
+ if (g_hash_table_lookup(context->channels, channel) == NULL) {
+ char *channel2 = g_string_chunk_insert(context->chunk,
+ channel);
+ g_hash_table_insert(context->channels, channel2,
+ context);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+print_channel(gpointer key, G_GNUC_UNUSED gpointer value, gpointer user_data)
+{
+ struct client *client = (struct client *)user_data;
+ const char *channel = (const char *)key;
+
+ client_printf(client, "channel: %s\n", channel);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_channels(struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ assert(argc == 1);
+
+ struct channels_context context = {
+ g_string_chunk_new(1024),
+ g_hash_table_new(g_str_hash, g_str_equal),
+ };
+
+ client_list_foreach(collect_channels, &context);
+
+ g_hash_table_foreach(context.channels, print_channel, client);
+
+ g_hash_table_destroy(context.channels);
+ g_string_chunk_free(context.chunk);
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_read_messages(struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ assert(argc == 1);
+
+ GSList *messages = client_read_messages(client);
+
+ for (GSList *i = messages; i != NULL; i = g_slist_next(i)) {
+ struct client_message *msg = (struct client_message *)i->data;
+
+ client_printf(client, "channel: %s\nmessage: %s\n",
+ msg->channel, msg->message);
+ client_message_free(msg);
+ }
+
+ g_slist_free(messages);
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+struct send_message_context {
+ struct client_message msg;
+
+ bool sent;
+};
+
+static void
+send_message(gpointer data, gpointer user_data)
+{
+ struct send_message_context *context =
+ (struct send_message_context *)user_data;
+ struct client *client = (struct client *)data;
+
+ if (client_push_message(client, &context->msg))
+ context->sent = true;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_send_message(struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ assert(argc == 3);
+
+ if (!client_message_valid_channel_name(argv[1])) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+ "invalid channel name");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ struct send_message_context context;
+ context.sent = false;
+
+ client_message_init(&context.msg, argv[1], argv[2]);
+
+ client_list_foreach(send_message, &context);
+
+ client_message_deinit(&context.msg);
+
+ if (context.sent)
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+ else {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+ "nobody is subscribed to this channel");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/src/MessageCommands.hxx b/src/MessageCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4fc10bf24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/MessageCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_MESSAGE_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_MESSAGE_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+G_BEGIN_DECLS
+
+enum command_return
+handle_subscribe(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_unsubscribe(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_channels(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_read_messages(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_send_message(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+G_END_DECLS
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/OutputCommands.cxx b/src/OutputCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..88cb95ac4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/OutputCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "OutputCommands.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "protocol/argparser.h"
+#include "protocol/result.h"
+#include "output_command.h"
+#include "output_print.h"
+}
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+enum command_return
+handle_enableoutput(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned device;
+ bool ret;
+
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &device, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ ret = audio_output_enable_index(device);
+ if (!ret) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+ "No such audio output");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_disableoutput(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned device;
+ bool ret;
+
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &device, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ ret = audio_output_disable_index(device);
+ if (!ret) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+ "No such audio output");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_devices(struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ printAudioDevices(client);
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
diff --git a/src/OutputCommands.hxx b/src/OutputCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e0d28c975
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/OutputCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_OUTPUT_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+G_BEGIN_DECLS
+
+enum command_return
+handle_enableoutput(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_disableoutput(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_devices(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+G_END_DECLS
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/PlayerCommands.cxx b/src/PlayerCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..030e8016d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/PlayerCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "PlayerCommands.hxx"
+#include "CommandError.h"
+#include "PlaylistPrint.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "protocol/argparser.h"
+#include "protocol/result.h"
+#include "player_control.h"
+#include "playlist.h"
+#include "update.h"
+#include "volume.h"
+#include "client.h"
+#include "client_internal.h"
+#include "replay_gain_config.h"
+}
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_STATE "state"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_REPEAT "repeat"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_SINGLE "single"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_CONSUME "consume"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_RANDOM "random"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST "playlist"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST_LENGTH "playlistlength"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_SONG "song"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_SONGID "songid"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONG "nextsong"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONGID "nextsongid"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_TIME "time"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_BITRATE "bitrate"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR "error"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_CROSSFADE "xfade"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDB "mixrampdb"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDELAY "mixrampdelay"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_AUDIO "audio"
+#define COMMAND_STATUS_UPDATING_DB "updating_db"
+
+enum command_return
+handle_play(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int song = -1;
+ enum playlist_result result;
+
+ if (argc == 2 && !check_int(client, &song, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ result = playlist_play(&g_playlist, client->player_control, song);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int id = -1;
+ enum playlist_result result;
+
+ if (argc == 2 && !check_int(client, &id, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ result = playlist_play_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control, id);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_stop(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ playlist_stop(&g_playlist, client->player_control);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_currentsong(struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ playlist_print_current(client, &g_playlist);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_pause(struct client *client,
+ int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ if (argc == 2) {
+ bool pause_flag;
+ if (!check_bool(client, &pause_flag, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ pc_set_pause(client->player_control, pause_flag);
+ } else
+ pc_pause(client->player_control);
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_status(struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ const char *state = NULL;
+ struct player_status player_status;
+ int updateJobId;
+ char *error;
+ int song;
+
+ pc_get_status(client->player_control, &player_status);
+
+ switch (player_status.state) {
+ case PLAYER_STATE_STOP:
+ state = "stop";
+ break;
+ case PLAYER_STATE_PAUSE:
+ state = "pause";
+ break;
+ case PLAYER_STATE_PLAY:
+ state = "play";
+ break;
+ }
+
+ client_printf(client,
+ "volume: %i\n"
+ COMMAND_STATUS_REPEAT ": %i\n"
+ COMMAND_STATUS_RANDOM ": %i\n"
+ COMMAND_STATUS_SINGLE ": %i\n"
+ COMMAND_STATUS_CONSUME ": %i\n"
+ COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST ": %li\n"
+ COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST_LENGTH ": %i\n"
+ COMMAND_STATUS_CROSSFADE ": %i\n"
+ COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDB ": %f\n"
+ COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDELAY ": %f\n"
+ COMMAND_STATUS_STATE ": %s\n",
+ volume_level_get(),
+ playlist_get_repeat(&g_playlist),
+ playlist_get_random(&g_playlist),
+ playlist_get_single(&g_playlist),
+ playlist_get_consume(&g_playlist),
+ playlist_get_version(&g_playlist),
+ playlist_get_length(&g_playlist),
+ (int)(pc_get_cross_fade(client->player_control) + 0.5),
+ pc_get_mixramp_db(client->player_control),
+ pc_get_mixramp_delay(client->player_control),
+ state);
+
+ song = playlist_get_current_song(&g_playlist);
+ if (song >= 0) {
+ client_printf(client,
+ COMMAND_STATUS_SONG ": %i\n"
+ COMMAND_STATUS_SONGID ": %u\n",
+ song, playlist_get_song_id(&g_playlist, song));
+ }
+
+ if (player_status.state != PLAYER_STATE_STOP) {
+ struct audio_format_string af_string;
+
+ client_printf(client,
+ COMMAND_STATUS_TIME ": %i:%i\n"
+ "elapsed: %1.3f\n"
+ COMMAND_STATUS_BITRATE ": %u\n"
+ COMMAND_STATUS_AUDIO ": %s\n",
+ (int)(player_status.elapsed_time + 0.5),
+ (int)(player_status.total_time + 0.5),
+ player_status.elapsed_time,
+ player_status.bit_rate,
+ audio_format_to_string(&player_status.audio_format,
+ &af_string));
+ }
+
+ if ((updateJobId = isUpdatingDB())) {
+ client_printf(client,
+ COMMAND_STATUS_UPDATING_DB ": %i\n",
+ updateJobId);
+ }
+
+ error = pc_get_error_message(client->player_control);
+ if (error != NULL) {
+ client_printf(client,
+ COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR ": %s\n",
+ error);
+ g_free(error);
+ }
+
+ song = playlist_get_next_song(&g_playlist);
+ if (song >= 0) {
+ client_printf(client,
+ COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONG ": %i\n"
+ COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONGID ": %u\n",
+ song, playlist_get_song_id(&g_playlist, song));
+ }
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_next(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ /* single mode is not considered when this is user who
+ * wants to change song. */
+ const bool single = g_playlist.queue.single;
+ g_playlist.queue.single = false;
+
+ playlist_next(&g_playlist, client->player_control);
+
+ g_playlist.queue.single = single;
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_previous(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ playlist_previous(&g_playlist, client->player_control);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_repeat(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ bool status;
+ if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ playlist_set_repeat(&g_playlist, client->player_control, status);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_single(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ bool status;
+ if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ playlist_set_single(&g_playlist, client->player_control, status);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_consume(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ bool status;
+ if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ playlist_set_consume(&g_playlist, status);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_random(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ bool status;
+ if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ playlist_set_random(&g_playlist, client->player_control, status);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_clearerror(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ pc_clear_error(client->player_control);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_seek(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned song, seek_time;
+ enum playlist_result result;
+
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &song, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &seek_time, argv[2]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ result = playlist_seek_song(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
+ song, seek_time);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_seekid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned id, seek_time;
+ enum playlist_result result;
+
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &seek_time, argv[2]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ result = playlist_seek_song_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
+ id, seek_time);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_seekcur(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ const char *p = argv[1];
+ bool relative = *p == '+' || *p == '-';
+ int seek_time;
+ if (!check_int(client, &seek_time, p))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ enum playlist_result result =
+ playlist_seek_current(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
+ seek_time, relative);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_crossfade(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned xfade_time;
+
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &xfade_time, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ pc_set_cross_fade(client->player_control, xfade_time);
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_mixrampdb(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ float db;
+
+ if (!check_float(client, &db, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ pc_set_mixramp_db(client->player_control, db);
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_mixrampdelay(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ float delay_secs;
+
+ if (!check_float(client, &delay_secs, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ pc_set_mixramp_delay(client->player_control, delay_secs);
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_replay_gain_mode(struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ if (!replay_gain_set_mode_string(argv[1])) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+ "Unrecognized replay gain mode");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_replay_gain_status(struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ client_printf(client, "replay_gain_mode: %s\n",
+ replay_gain_get_mode_string());
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
diff --git a/src/PlayerCommands.hxx b/src/PlayerCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8abc147fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/PlayerCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYER_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYER_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+G_BEGIN_DECLS
+
+enum command_return
+handle_play(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_stop(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_currentsong(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_pause(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_status(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_next(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_previous(struct client *client, int argc, char *avg[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_repeat(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_single(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_consume(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_random(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_clearerror(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_seek(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_seekid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_seekcur(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_crossfade(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_mixrampdb(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_mixrampdelay(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_replay_gain_mode(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_replay_gain_status(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+G_END_DECLS
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/PlaylistCommands.cxx b/src/PlaylistCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6be3ff30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/PlaylistCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "PlaylistCommands.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlaylist.hxx"
+#include "CommandError.h"
+#include "PlaylistPrint.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "protocol/argparser.h"
+#include "protocol/result.h"
+#include "playlist.h"
+#include "playlist_save.h"
+#include "playlist_queue.h"
+#include "time_print.h"
+#include "ls.h"
+#include "uri.h"
+#include "stored_playlist.h"
+#include "client_internal.h"
+}
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+static void
+print_spl_list(struct client *client, GPtrArray *list)
+{
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < list->len; ++i) {
+ struct stored_playlist_info *playlist =
+ (struct stored_playlist_info *)
+ g_ptr_array_index(list, i);
+
+ client_printf(client, "playlist: %s\n", playlist->name);
+
+ if (playlist->mtime > 0)
+ time_print(client, "Last-Modified", playlist->mtime);
+ }
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_save(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ enum playlist_result result;
+
+ result = spl_save_playlist(argv[1], &g_playlist);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_load(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned start_index, end_index;
+
+ if (argc < 3) {
+ start_index = 0;
+ end_index = G_MAXUINT;
+ } else if (!check_range(client, &start_index, &end_index, argv[2]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ enum playlist_result result;
+
+ result = playlist_open_into_queue(argv[1],
+ start_index, end_index,
+ &g_playlist,
+ client->player_control, true);
+ if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_LIST)
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ if (playlist_load_spl(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
+ argv[1], start_index, end_index,
+ &error))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+
+ if (error->domain == playlist_quark() &&
+ error->code == PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_NAME)
+ /* the message for BAD_NAME is confusing when the
+ client wants to load a playlist file from the music
+ directory; patch the GError object to show "no such
+ playlist" instead */
+ error->code = PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_LIST;
+
+ return print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listplaylist(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ if (playlist_file_print(client, argv[1], false))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ return spl_print(client, argv[1], false, &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listplaylistinfo(struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ if (playlist_file_print(client, argv[1], true))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ return spl_print(client, argv[1], true, &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_rm(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ return spl_delete(argv[1], &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_rename(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ return spl_rename(argv[1], argv[2], &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistdelete(struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[]) {
+ char *playlist = argv[1];
+ unsigned from;
+
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &from, argv[2]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ return spl_remove_index(playlist, from, &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistmove(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ char *playlist = argv[1];
+ unsigned from, to;
+
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &from, argv[2]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &to, argv[3]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ return spl_move_index(playlist, from, to, &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistclear(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ return spl_clear(argv[1], &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistadd(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ char *playlist = argv[1];
+ char *uri = argv[2];
+
+ bool success;
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ if (uri_has_scheme(uri)) {
+ if (!uri_supported_scheme(uri)) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+ "unsupported URI scheme");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ success = spl_append_uri(argv[1], playlist, &error);
+ } else
+ success = search_add_to_playlist(uri, playlist, nullptr,
+ &error);
+
+ if (!success && error == NULL) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+ "directory or file not found");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return success ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listplaylists(struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ GPtrArray *list = spl_list(&error);
+ if (list == NULL)
+ return print_error(client, error);
+
+ print_spl_list(client, list);
+ spl_list_free(list);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
diff --git a/src/PlaylistCommands.hxx b/src/PlaylistCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f83f6557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/PlaylistCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+G_BEGIN_DECLS
+
+enum command_return
+handle_save(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_load(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listplaylist(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listplaylistinfo(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_rm(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_rename(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistdelete(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistmove(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistclear(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistadd(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_listplaylists(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+G_END_DECLS
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/playlist_print.c b/src/PlaylistPrint.cxx
index 59c42f969..345506d5e 100644
--- a/src/playlist_print.c
+++ b/src/PlaylistPrint.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
* http://www.musicpd.org
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,19 +18,22 @@
*/
#include "config.h"
-#include "playlist_print.h"
+#include "PlaylistPrint.hxx"
+#include "QueuePrint.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
#include "playlist_list.h"
#include "playlist_plugin.h"
#include "playlist_any.h"
#include "playlist_song.h"
#include "playlist.h"
-#include "queue_print.h"
#include "stored_playlist.h"
#include "song_print.h"
#include "song.h"
#include "database.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "input_stream.h"
+}
void
playlist_print_uris(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist)
@@ -88,16 +91,9 @@ playlist_print_current(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist)
void
playlist_print_find(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
- const struct locate_item_list *list)
-{
- queue_find(client, &playlist->queue, list);
-}
-
-void
-playlist_print_search(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
- const struct locate_item_list *list)
+ const SongFilter &filter)
{
- queue_search(client, &playlist->queue, list);
+ queue_find(client, &playlist->queue, filter);
}
void
@@ -127,13 +123,14 @@ spl_print(struct client *client, const char *name_utf8, bool detail,
return false;
for (unsigned i = 0; i < list->len; ++i) {
- const char *temp = g_ptr_array_index(list, i);
+ const char *temp = (const char *)g_ptr_array_index(list, i);
bool wrote = false;
if (detail) {
struct song *song = db_get_song(temp);
if (song) {
song_print_info(client, song);
+ db_return_song(song);
wrote = true;
}
}
@@ -164,8 +161,7 @@ playlist_provider_print(struct client *client, const char *uri,
else
song_print_uri(client, song);
- if (!song_in_database(song))
- song_free(song);
+ song_free(song);
}
g_free(base_uri);
diff --git a/src/playlist_print.h b/src/PlaylistPrint.hxx
index d4f1911d2..ac0712f01 100644
--- a/src/playlist_print.h
+++ b/src/PlaylistPrint.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
* http://www.musicpd.org
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
-#ifndef PLAYLIST_PRINT_H
-#define PLAYLIST_PRINT_H
+#ifndef MPD_PLAYLIST_PRINT_HXX
+#define MPD_PLAYLIST_PRINT_HXX
#include <glib.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
struct client;
struct playlist;
-struct locate_item_list;
+class SongFilter;
/**
* Sends the whole playlist to the client, song URIs only.
@@ -66,14 +66,7 @@ playlist_print_current(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist);
*/
void
playlist_print_find(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
- const struct locate_item_list *list);
-
-/**
- * Search for songs in the playlist.
- */
-void
-playlist_print_search(struct client *client, const struct playlist *playlist,
- const struct locate_item_list *list);
+ const SongFilter &filter);
/**
* Print detailed changes since the specified playlist version.
diff --git a/src/QueueCommands.cxx b/src/QueueCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5dac6a8a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/QueueCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "QueueCommands.hxx"
+#include "CommandError.h"
+#include "DatabaseQueue.hxx"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistPrint.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "protocol/argparser.h"
+#include "protocol/result.h"
+#include "playlist.h"
+#include "ls.h"
+#include "uri.h"
+#include "client_internal.h"
+#include "client_file.h"
+}
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+enum command_return
+handle_add(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ char *uri = argv[1];
+ enum playlist_result result;
+
+ if (strncmp(uri, "file:///", 8) == 0) {
+ const char *path = uri + 7;
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ if (!client_allow_file(client, path, &error))
+ return print_error(client, error);
+
+ result = playlist_append_file(&g_playlist,
+ client->player_control,
+ path,
+ NULL);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+ }
+
+ if (uri_has_scheme(uri)) {
+ if (!uri_supported_scheme(uri)) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+ "unsupported URI scheme");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ result = playlist_append_uri(&g_playlist,
+ client->player_control,
+ uri, NULL);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+ }
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ return findAddIn(client->player_control, uri, nullptr, &error)
+ ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
+ : print_error(client, error);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_addid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ char *uri = argv[1];
+ unsigned added_id;
+ enum playlist_result result;
+
+ if (strncmp(uri, "file:///", 8) == 0) {
+ const char *path = uri + 7;
+
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ if (!client_allow_file(client, path, &error))
+ return print_error(client, error);
+
+ result = playlist_append_file(&g_playlist,
+ client->player_control,
+ path,
+ &added_id);
+ } else {
+ if (uri_has_scheme(uri) && !uri_supported_scheme(uri)) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+ "unsupported URI scheme");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ result = playlist_append_uri(&g_playlist,
+ client->player_control,
+ uri, &added_id);
+ }
+
+ if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS)
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+
+ if (argc == 3) {
+ unsigned to;
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &to, argv[2]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ result = playlist_move_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
+ added_id, to);
+ if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
+ enum command_return ret =
+ print_playlist_result(client, result);
+ playlist_delete_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
+ added_id);
+ return ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+ client_printf(client, "Id: %u\n", added_id);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_delete(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned start, end;
+ enum playlist_result result;
+
+ if (!check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ result = playlist_delete_range(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
+ start, end);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_deleteid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned id;
+ enum playlist_result result;
+
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ result = playlist_delete_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control, id);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlist(struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ playlist_print_uris(client, &g_playlist);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_shuffle(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned start = 0, end = queue_length(&g_playlist.queue);
+ if (argc == 2 && !check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ playlist_shuffle(&g_playlist, client->player_control, start, end);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_clear(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
+ G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
+{
+ playlist_clear(&g_playlist, client->player_control);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_plchanges(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ uint32_t version;
+
+ if (!check_uint32(client, &version, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ playlist_print_changes_info(client, &g_playlist, version);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_plchangesposid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ uint32_t version;
+
+ if (!check_uint32(client, &version, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ playlist_print_changes_position(client, &g_playlist, version);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistinfo(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned start = 0, end = G_MAXUINT;
+ bool ret;
+
+ if (argc == 2 && !check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ ret = playlist_print_info(client, &g_playlist, start, end);
+ if (!ret)
+ return print_playlist_result(client,
+ PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE);
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ if (argc >= 2) {
+ unsigned id;
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ bool ret = playlist_print_id(client, &g_playlist, id);
+ if (!ret)
+ return print_playlist_result(client,
+ PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG);
+ } else {
+ playlist_print_info(client, &g_playlist, 0, G_MAXUINT);
+ }
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+static enum command_return
+handle_playlist_match(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[],
+ bool fold_case)
+{
+ SongFilter filter;
+ if (!filter.Parse(argc - 1, argv + 1, fold_case)) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ playlist_print_find(client, &g_playlist, filter);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistfind(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ return handle_playlist_match(client, argc, argv, false);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistsearch(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ return handle_playlist_match(client, argc, argv, true);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_prio(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned priority;
+
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &priority, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ if (priority > 0xff) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+ "Priority out of range: %s", argv[1]);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ for (int i = 2; i < argc; ++i) {
+ unsigned start_position, end_position;
+ if (!check_range(client, &start_position, &end_position,
+ argv[i]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ enum playlist_result result =
+ playlist_set_priority(&g_playlist,
+ client->player_control,
+ start_position, end_position,
+ priority);
+ if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS)
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+ }
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_prioid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned priority;
+
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &priority, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ if (priority > 0xff) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+ "Priority out of range: %s", argv[1]);
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ for (int i = 2; i < argc; ++i) {
+ unsigned song_id;
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &song_id, argv[i]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+
+ enum playlist_result result =
+ playlist_set_priority_id(&g_playlist,
+ client->player_control,
+ song_id, priority);
+ if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS)
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+ }
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_move(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned start, end;
+ int to;
+ enum playlist_result result;
+
+ if (!check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ if (!check_int(client, &to, argv[2]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ result = playlist_move_range(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
+ start, end, to);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_moveid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned id;
+ int to;
+ enum playlist_result result;
+
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ if (!check_int(client, &to, argv[2]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ result = playlist_move_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
+ id, to);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_swap(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned song1, song2;
+ enum playlist_result result;
+
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &song1, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &song2, argv[2]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ result = playlist_swap_songs(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
+ song1, song2);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_swapid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ unsigned id1, id2;
+ enum playlist_result result;
+
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &id1, argv[1]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ if (!check_unsigned(client, &id2, argv[2]))
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ result = playlist_swap_songs_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
+ id1, id2);
+ return print_playlist_result(client, result);
+}
diff --git a/src/QueueCommands.hxx b/src/QueueCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec3230f7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/QueueCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_QUEUE_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_QUEUE_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+G_BEGIN_DECLS
+
+enum command_return
+handle_add(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_addid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_delete(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_deleteid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlist(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_shuffle(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_clear(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_plchanges(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_plchangesposid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistinfo(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistfind(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_playlistsearch(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_prio(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_prioid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_move(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_moveid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_swap(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+enum command_return
+handle_swapid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+G_END_DECLS
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/queue_print.c b/src/QueuePrint.cxx
index d149e8b6f..edac7c7ad 100644
--- a/src/queue_print.c
+++ b/src/QueuePrint.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
* http://www.musicpd.org
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,13 +18,16 @@
*/
#include "config.h"
-#include "queue_print.h"
+#include "QueuePrint.hxx"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
#include "queue.h"
#include "song.h"
#include "song_print.h"
-#include "locate.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "mapper.h"
+}
/**
* Send detailed information about a range of songs in the queue to a
@@ -92,31 +95,13 @@ queue_print_changes_position(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
}
void
-queue_search(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria)
-{
- unsigned i;
- struct locate_item_list *new_list =
- locate_item_list_casefold(criteria);
-
- for (i = 0; i < queue_length(queue); i++) {
- const struct song *song = queue_get(queue, i);
-
- if (locate_song_search(song, new_list))
- queue_print_song_info(client, queue, i);
- }
-
- locate_item_list_free(new_list);
-}
-
-void
queue_find(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria)
+ const SongFilter &filter)
{
for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue_length(queue); i++) {
const struct song *song = queue_get(queue, i);
- if (locate_song_match(song, criteria))
+ if (filter.Match(*song))
queue_print_song_info(client, queue, i);
}
}
diff --git a/src/queue_print.h b/src/QueuePrint.hxx
index 371e20416..808b8dec1 100644
--- a/src/queue_print.h
+++ b/src/QueuePrint.hxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
* http://www.musicpd.org
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,14 +22,14 @@
* client.
*/
-#ifndef QUEUE_PRINT_H
-#define QUEUE_PRINT_H
+#ifndef MPD_QUEUE_PRINT_HXX
+#define MPD_QUEUE_PRINT_HXX
#include <stdint.h>
struct client;
struct queue;
-struct locate_item_list;
+class SongFilter;
void
queue_print_info(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
@@ -48,11 +48,7 @@ queue_print_changes_position(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
uint32_t version);
void
-queue_search(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria);
-
-void
queue_find(struct client *client, const struct queue *queue,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria);
+ const SongFilter &filter);
#endif
diff --git a/src/song.c b/src/Song.cxx
index f5cc7c35a..eb4c2e53e 100644
--- a/src/song.c
+++ b/src/Song.cxx
@@ -19,26 +19,31 @@
#include "config.h"
#include "song.h"
-#include "uri.h"
#include "directory.h"
+
+extern "C" {
#include "tag.h"
+}
#include <glib.h>
#include <assert.h>
+struct directory detached_root;
+
static struct song *
song_alloc(const char *uri, struct directory *parent)
{
size_t uri_length;
- struct song *song;
assert(uri);
uri_length = strlen(uri);
assert(uri_length);
- song = g_malloc(sizeof(*song) - sizeof(song->uri) + uri_length + 1);
- song->tag = NULL;
+ struct song *song = (struct song *)
+ g_malloc(sizeof(*song) - sizeof(song->uri) + uri_length + 1);
+
+ song->tag = nullptr;
memcpy(song->uri, uri, uri_length + 1);
song->parent = parent;
song->mtime = 0;
@@ -50,13 +55,13 @@ song_alloc(const char *uri, struct directory *parent)
struct song *
song_remote_new(const char *uri)
{
- return song_alloc(uri, NULL);
+ return song_alloc(uri, nullptr);
}
struct song *
song_file_new(const char *path, struct directory *parent)
{
- assert((parent == NULL) == (*path == '/'));
+ assert((parent == nullptr) == (*path == '/'));
return song_alloc(path, parent);
}
@@ -73,6 +78,35 @@ song_replace_uri(struct song *old_song, const char *uri)
return new_song;
}
+struct song *
+song_detached_new(const char *uri)
+{
+ assert(uri != nullptr);
+
+ return song_alloc(uri, &detached_root);
+}
+
+struct song *
+song_dup_detached(const struct song *src)
+{
+ assert(src != nullptr);
+
+ struct song *song;
+ if (song_in_database(src)) {
+ char *uri = song_get_uri(src);
+ song = song_detached_new(uri);
+ g_free(uri);
+ } else
+ song = song_alloc(src->uri, nullptr);
+
+ song->tag = tag_dup(src->tag);
+ song->mtime = src->mtime;
+ song->start_ms = src->start_ms;
+ song->end_ms = src->end_ms;
+
+ return song;
+}
+
void
song_free(struct song *song)
{
@@ -81,17 +115,57 @@ song_free(struct song *song)
g_free(song);
}
+gcc_pure
+static inline bool
+directory_equals(const struct directory &a, const struct directory &b)
+{
+ return strcmp(a.path, b.path) == 0;
+}
+
+gcc_pure
+static inline bool
+directory_is_same(const struct directory *a, const struct directory *b)
+{
+ return a == b ||
+ (a != nullptr && b != nullptr &&
+ directory_equals(*a, *b));
+
+}
+
+bool
+song_equals(const struct song *a, const struct song *b)
+{
+ assert(a != nullptr);
+ assert(b != nullptr);
+
+ if (a->parent != nullptr && b->parent != nullptr &&
+ !directory_equals(*a->parent, *b->parent) &&
+ (a->parent == &detached_root || b->parent == &detached_root)) {
+ /* must compare the full URI if one of the objects is
+ "detached" */
+ char *au = song_get_uri(a);
+ char *bu = song_get_uri(b);
+ const bool result = strcmp(au, bu) == 0;
+ g_free(bu);
+ g_free(au);
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ return directory_is_same(a->parent, b->parent) &&
+ strcmp(a->uri, b->uri) == 0;
+}
+
char *
song_get_uri(const struct song *song)
{
- assert(song != NULL);
+ assert(song != nullptr);
assert(*song->uri);
if (!song_in_database(song) || directory_is_root(song->parent))
return g_strdup(song->uri);
else
return g_strconcat(directory_get_path(song->parent),
- "/", song->uri, NULL);
+ "/", song->uri, nullptr);
}
double
@@ -100,7 +174,7 @@ song_get_duration(const struct song *song)
if (song->end_ms > 0)
return (song->end_ms - song->start_ms) / 1000.0;
- if (song->tag == NULL)
+ if (song->tag == nullptr)
return 0;
return song->tag->time - song->start_ms / 1000.0;
diff --git a/src/SongFilter.cxx b/src/SongFilter.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6803b453e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/SongFilter.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+#include "path.h"
+#include "song.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "tag.h"
+}
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY "file"
+#define LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY_OLD "filename"
+#define LOCATE_TAG_ANY_KEY "any"
+
+unsigned
+locate_parse_type(const char *str)
+{
+ if (0 == g_ascii_strcasecmp(str, LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY) ||
+ 0 == g_ascii_strcasecmp(str, LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY_OLD))
+ return LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE;
+
+ if (0 == g_ascii_strcasecmp(str, LOCATE_TAG_ANY_KEY))
+ return LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE;
+
+ return tag_name_parse_i(str);
+}
+
+SongFilter::Item::Item(unsigned _tag, const char *_value, bool _fold_case)
+ :tag(_tag), fold_case(_fold_case),
+ value(fold_case
+ ? g_utf8_casefold(_value, -1)
+ : g_strdup(_value))
+{
+}
+
+SongFilter::Item::~Item()
+{
+ g_free(value);
+}
+
+bool
+SongFilter::Item::StringMatch(const char *s) const
+{
+ assert(value != nullptr);
+ assert(s != nullptr);
+
+ if (fold_case) {
+ char *p = g_utf8_casefold(s, -1);
+ const bool result = strstr(p, value) != NULL;
+ g_free(p);
+ return result;
+ } else {
+ return strcmp(s, value) == 0;
+ }
+}
+
+bool
+SongFilter::Item::Match(const tag_item &item) const
+{
+ return (tag == LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE || (unsigned)item.type == tag) &&
+ StringMatch(item.value);
+}
+
+bool
+SongFilter::Item::Match(const struct tag &_tag) const
+{
+ bool visited_types[TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES];
+ std::fill(visited_types, visited_types + TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES, false);
+
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < _tag.num_items; i++) {
+ visited_types[_tag.items[i]->type] = true;
+
+ if (Match(*_tag.items[i]))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /** If the search critieron was not visited during the sweep
+ * through the song's tag, it means this field is absent from
+ * the tag or empty. Thus, if the searched string is also
+ * empty (first char is a \0), then it's a match as well and
+ * we should return true.
+ */
+ if (*value == 0 && tag < TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES &&
+ !visited_types[tag])
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool
+SongFilter::Item::Match(const song &song) const
+{
+ if (tag == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE || tag == LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE) {
+ char *uri = song_get_uri(&song);
+ const bool result = StringMatch(uri);
+ g_free(uri);
+
+ if (result || tag == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE)
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ return song.tag != NULL && Match(*song.tag);
+}
+
+SongFilter::SongFilter(unsigned tag, const char *value, bool fold_case)
+{
+ items.push_back(Item(tag, value, fold_case));
+}
+
+SongFilter::~SongFilter()
+{
+ /* this destructor exists here just so it won't get inlined */
+}
+
+bool
+SongFilter::Parse(const char *tag_string, const char *value, bool fold_case)
+{
+ unsigned tag = locate_parse_type(tag_string);
+ if (tag == TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES)
+ return false;
+
+ items.push_back(Item(tag, value, fold_case));
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool
+SongFilter::Parse(unsigned argc, char *argv[], bool fold_case)
+{
+ if (argc == 0 || argc % 2 != 0)
+ return false;
+
+ for (unsigned i = 0; i < argc; i += 2)
+ if (!Parse(argv[i], argv[i + 1], fold_case))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool
+SongFilter::Match(const song &song) const
+{
+ for (const auto &i : items)
+ if (!i.Match(song))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/SongFilter.hxx b/src/SongFilter.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a3068a970
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/SongFilter.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_SONG_FILTER_HXX
+#define MPD_SONG_FILTER_HXX
+
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+#include <list>
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#define LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES+10
+#define LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES+20
+
+struct tag;
+struct tag_item;
+struct song;
+
+class SongFilter {
+ class Item {
+ uint8_t tag;
+
+ bool fold_case;
+
+ char *value;
+
+ public:
+ gcc_nonnull(3)
+ Item(unsigned tag, const char *value, bool fold_case=false);
+
+ Item(const Item &other) = delete;
+
+ Item(Item &&other)
+ :tag(other.tag), fold_case(other.fold_case),
+ value(other.value) {
+ other.value = nullptr;
+ }
+
+ ~Item();
+
+ Item &operator=(const Item &other) = delete;
+
+ unsigned GetTag() const {
+ return tag;
+ }
+
+ gcc_pure gcc_nonnull(2)
+ bool StringMatch(const char *s) const;
+
+ gcc_pure
+ bool Match(const tag_item &tag_item) const;
+
+ gcc_pure
+ bool Match(const struct tag &tag) const;
+
+ gcc_pure
+ bool Match(const song &song) const;
+ };
+
+ std::list<Item> items;
+
+public:
+ SongFilter() = default;
+
+ gcc_nonnull(3)
+ SongFilter(unsigned tag, const char *value, bool fold_case=false);
+
+ ~SongFilter();
+
+ gcc_nonnull(2,3)
+ bool Parse(const char *tag, const char *value, bool fold_case=false);
+
+ gcc_nonnull(3)
+ bool Parse(unsigned argc, char *argv[], bool fold_case=false);
+
+ gcc_pure
+ bool Match(const tag &tag) const;
+
+ gcc_pure
+ bool Match(const song &song) const;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @return #TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES on error
+ */
+gcc_pure
+unsigned
+locate_parse_type(const char *str);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/Stats.cxx b/src/Stats.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d08074a8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/Stats.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "stats.h"
+#include "database.h"
+#include "client.h"
+#include "player_control.h"
+#include "client_internal.h"
+}
+
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseGlue.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+
+struct stats stats;
+
+void stats_global_init(void)
+{
+ stats.timer = g_timer_new();
+}
+
+void stats_global_finish(void)
+{
+ g_timer_destroy(stats.timer);
+}
+
+void stats_update(void)
+{
+ GError *error = nullptr;
+
+ DatabaseStats stats2;
+
+ const DatabaseSelection selection("", true);
+ if (GetDatabase()->GetStats(selection, stats2, &error)) {
+ stats.song_count = stats2.song_count;
+ stats.song_duration = stats2.total_duration;
+ stats.artist_count = stats2.artist_count;
+ stats.album_count = stats2.album_count;
+ } else {
+ g_warning("%s", error->message);
+ g_error_free(error);
+
+ stats.song_count = 0;
+ stats.song_duration = 0;
+ stats.artist_count = 0;
+ stats.album_count = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+stats_print(struct client *client)
+{
+ client_printf(client,
+ "artists: %u\n"
+ "albums: %u\n"
+ "songs: %i\n"
+ "uptime: %li\n"
+ "playtime: %li\n"
+ "db_playtime: %li\n",
+ stats.artist_count,
+ stats.album_count,
+ stats.song_count,
+ (long)g_timer_elapsed(stats.timer, NULL),
+ (long)(pc_get_total_play_time(client->player_control) + 0.5),
+ stats.song_duration);
+
+ if (db_is_simple())
+ client_printf(client,
+ "db_update: %li\n",
+ (long)db_get_mtime());
+}
diff --git a/src/StickerCommands.cxx b/src/StickerCommands.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ccf18fea6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/StickerCommands.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "StickerCommands.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "protocol/result.h"
+#include "sticker.h"
+#include "sticker_print.h"
+#include "song_print.h"
+#include "song_sticker.h"
+#include "database.h"
+#include "db_lock.h"
+}
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct sticker_song_find_data {
+ struct client *client;
+ const char *name;
+};
+
+static void
+sticker_song_find_print_cb(struct song *song, const char *value,
+ gpointer user_data)
+{
+ struct sticker_song_find_data *data =
+ (struct sticker_song_find_data *)user_data;
+
+ song_print_uri(data->client, song);
+ sticker_print_value(data->client, data->name, value);
+}
+
+static enum command_return
+handle_sticker_song(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ /* get song song_id key */
+ if (argc == 5 && strcmp(argv[1], "get") == 0) {
+ struct song *song;
+ char *value;
+
+ song = db_get_song(argv[3]);
+ if (song == NULL) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+ "no such song");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ value = sticker_song_get_value(song, argv[4]);
+ db_return_song(song);
+ if (value == NULL) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+ "no such sticker");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ sticker_print_value(client, argv[4], value);
+ g_free(value);
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+ /* list song song_id */
+ } else if (argc == 4 && strcmp(argv[1], "list") == 0) {
+ struct song *song;
+ struct sticker *sticker;
+
+ song = db_get_song(argv[3]);
+ if (song == NULL) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+ "no such song");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ sticker = sticker_song_get(song);
+ db_return_song(song);
+ if (sticker) {
+ sticker_print(client, sticker);
+ sticker_free(sticker);
+ }
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+ /* set song song_id id key */
+ } else if (argc == 6 && strcmp(argv[1], "set") == 0) {
+ struct song *song;
+ bool ret;
+
+ song = db_get_song(argv[3]);
+ if (song == NULL) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+ "no such song");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ ret = sticker_song_set_value(song, argv[4], argv[5]);
+ db_return_song(song);
+ if (!ret) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM,
+ "failed to set sticker value");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+ /* delete song song_id [key] */
+ } else if ((argc == 4 || argc == 5) &&
+ strcmp(argv[1], "delete") == 0) {
+ struct song *song;
+ bool ret;
+
+ song = db_get_song(argv[3]);
+ if (song == NULL) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+ "no such song");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ ret = argc == 4
+ ? sticker_song_delete(song)
+ : sticker_song_delete_value(song, argv[4]);
+ db_return_song(song);
+ if (!ret) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM,
+ "no such sticker");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+ /* find song dir key */
+ } else if (argc == 5 && strcmp(argv[1], "find") == 0) {
+ /* "sticker find song a/directory name" */
+ struct directory *directory;
+ bool success;
+ struct sticker_song_find_data data = {
+ client,
+ argv[4],
+ };
+
+ db_lock();
+ directory = db_get_directory(argv[3]);
+ if (directory == NULL) {
+ db_unlock();
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
+ "no such directory");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ success = sticker_song_find(directory, data.name,
+ sticker_song_find_print_cb, &data);
+ db_unlock();
+ if (!success) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM,
+ "failed to set search sticker database");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
+ } else {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "bad request");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+}
+
+enum command_return
+handle_sticker(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ assert(argc >= 4);
+
+ if (!sticker_enabled()) {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
+ "sticker database is disabled");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ if (strcmp(argv[2], "song") == 0)
+ return handle_sticker_song(client, argc, argv);
+ else {
+ command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
+ "unknown sticker domain");
+ return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/src/StickerCommands.hxx b/src/StickerCommands.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f4dff7755
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/StickerCommands.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_STICKER_COMMANDS_HXX
+#define MPD_STICKER_COMMANDS_HXX
+
+#include "command.h"
+
+G_BEGIN_DECLS
+
+enum command_return
+handle_sticker(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+G_END_DECLS
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/audio_check.h b/src/audio_check.h
index 9f71cf9c0..e2302126f 100644
--- a/src/audio_check.h
+++ b/src/audio_check.h
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
/**
* The GLib quark used for errors reported by this library.
*/
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
static inline GQuark
audio_format_quark(void)
{
diff --git a/src/audio_format.h b/src/audio_format.h
index bf77add3b..d86ade5ee 100644
--- a/src/audio_format.h
+++ b/src/audio_format.h
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
#ifndef MPD_AUDIO_FORMAT_H
#define MPD_AUDIO_FORMAT_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <assert.h>
@@ -189,7 +190,7 @@ audio_valid_channel_count(unsigned channels)
* Returns false if the format is not valid for playback with MPD.
* This function performs some basic validity checks.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
static inline bool audio_format_valid(const struct audio_format *af)
{
return audio_valid_sample_rate(af->sample_rate) &&
@@ -201,7 +202,7 @@ static inline bool audio_format_valid(const struct audio_format *af)
* Returns false if the format mask is not valid for playback with
* MPD. This function performs some basic validity checks.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
static inline bool audio_format_mask_valid(const struct audio_format *af)
{
return (af->sample_rate == 0 ||
@@ -223,7 +224,7 @@ void
audio_format_mask_apply(struct audio_format *af,
const struct audio_format *mask);
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
static inline unsigned
sample_format_size(enum sample_format format)
{
@@ -254,7 +255,7 @@ sample_format_size(enum sample_format format)
/**
* Returns the size of each (mono) sample in bytes.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
static inline unsigned audio_format_sample_size(const struct audio_format *af)
{
return sample_format_size((enum sample_format)af->format);
@@ -263,7 +264,7 @@ static inline unsigned audio_format_sample_size(const struct audio_format *af)
/**
* Returns the size of each full frame in bytes.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
static inline unsigned
audio_format_frame_size(const struct audio_format *af)
{
@@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ audio_format_frame_size(const struct audio_format *af)
* Returns the floating point factor which converts a time span to a
* storage size in bytes.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
static inline double audio_format_time_to_size(const struct audio_format *af)
{
return af->sample_rate * audio_format_frame_size(af);
@@ -287,7 +288,7 @@ static inline double audio_format_time_to_size(const struct audio_format *af)
* @param format a #sample_format enum value
* @return the string
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_pure gcc_malloc
const char *
sample_format_to_string(enum sample_format format);
@@ -299,7 +300,7 @@ sample_format_to_string(enum sample_format format);
* @param s a buffer to print into
* @return the string, or NULL if the #audio_format object is invalid
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_pure gcc_malloc
const char *
audio_format_to_string(const struct audio_format *af,
struct audio_format_string *s);
diff --git a/src/audio_parser.h b/src/audio_parser.h
index a963eb467..49926999e 100644
--- a/src/audio_parser.h
+++ b/src/audio_parser.h
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
#ifndef AUDIO_PARSER_H
#define AUDIO_PARSER_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
diff --git a/src/client.h b/src/client.h
index 0302a2e0a..51ad1eb2a 100644
--- a/src/client.h
+++ b/src/client.h
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
#ifndef MPD_CLIENT_H
#define MPD_CLIENT_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
@@ -35,28 +36,28 @@ void client_manager_deinit(void);
void client_new(struct player_control *player_control,
int fd, const struct sockaddr *sa, size_t sa_length, int uid);
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
bool client_is_expired(const struct client *client);
/**
* returns the uid of the client process, or a negative value if the
* uid is unknown
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
int client_get_uid(const struct client *client);
/**
* Is this client running on the same machine, connected with a local
* (UNIX domain) socket?
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
static inline bool
client_is_local(const struct client *client)
{
return client_get_uid(client) > 0;
}
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
unsigned client_get_permission(const struct client *client);
void client_set_permission(struct client *client, unsigned permission);
@@ -74,6 +75,8 @@ void client_vprintf(struct client *client, const char *fmt, va_list args);
/**
* Write a printf-like formatted string to the client.
*/
-G_GNUC_PRINTF(2, 3) void client_printf(struct client *client, const char *fmt, ...);
+gcc_fprintf
+void
+client_printf(struct client *client, const char *fmt, ...);
#endif
diff --git a/src/client_file.h b/src/client_file.h
index bc64bd041..2dd07dede 100644
--- a/src/client_file.h
+++ b/src/client_file.h
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
#ifndef MPD_CLIENT_FILE_H
#define MPD_CLIENT_FILE_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
+
#include <stdbool.h>
struct client;
diff --git a/src/client_message.h b/src/client_message.h
index 38c2e7615..6d1e734be 100644
--- a/src/client_message.h
+++ b/src/client_message.h
@@ -20,10 +20,11 @@
#ifndef MPD_CLIENT_MESSAGE_H
#define MPD_CLIENT_MESSAGE_H
+#include "gcc.h"
+
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stddef.h>
-#include <glib.h>
/**
* A client-to-client message.
@@ -34,11 +35,11 @@ struct client_message {
char *message;
};
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
bool
client_message_valid_channel_name(const char *name);
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
static inline bool
client_message_defined(const struct client_message *msg)
{
@@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ void
client_message_copy(struct client_message *dest,
const struct client_message *src);
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
struct client_message *
client_message_dup(const struct client_message *src);
diff --git a/src/client_subscribe.h b/src/client_subscribe.h
index 09f864417..2dff982ba 100644
--- a/src/client_subscribe.h
+++ b/src/client_subscribe.h
@@ -20,9 +20,11 @@
#ifndef MPD_CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_H
#define MPD_CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_H
+#include "gcc.h"
+
#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <glib.h>
+typedef struct _GSList GSList;
struct client;
struct client_message;
@@ -52,7 +54,7 @@ client_unsubscribe_all(struct client *client);
bool
client_push_message(struct client *client, const struct client_message *msg);
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
GSList *
client_read_messages(struct client *client);
diff --git a/src/clock.h b/src/clock.h
index 4ece35ab1..f1338938f 100644
--- a/src/clock.h
+++ b/src/clock.h
@@ -20,21 +20,21 @@
#ifndef MPD_CLOCK_H
#define MPD_CLOCK_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* Returns the value of a monotonic clock in milliseconds.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
unsigned
monotonic_clock_ms(void);
/**
* Returns the value of a monotonic clock in microseconds.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
uint64_t
monotonic_clock_us(void);
diff --git a/src/command.c b/src/command.c
index c405925f2..88ce72405 100644
--- a/src/command.c
+++ b/src/command.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
* http://www.musicpd.org
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -19,44 +19,32 @@
#include "config.h"
#include "command.h"
+#include "QueueCommands.hxx"
+#include "PlayerCommands.hxx"
+#include "PlaylistCommands.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseCommands.hxx"
+#include "OutputCommands.hxx"
+#include "StickerCommands.hxx"
+#include "MessageCommands.hxx"
+#include "CommandError.h"
#include "protocol/argparser.h"
#include "protocol/result.h"
-#include "player_control.h"
-#include "playlist.h"
-#include "playlist_print.h"
-#include "playlist_save.h"
-#include "playlist_queue.h"
-#include "playlist_error.h"
-#include "queue_print.h"
+#include "time_print.h"
#include "ls.h"
#include "uri.h"
#include "decoder_print.h"
#include "directory.h"
-#include "database.h"
#include "update.h"
#include "volume.h"
#include "stats.h"
#include "permission.h"
#include "tokenizer.h"
#include "stored_playlist.h"
-#include "ack.h"
-#include "output_command.h"
-#include "output_print.h"
-#include "locate.h"
-#include "dbUtils.h"
-#include "db_error.h"
-#include "db_print.h"
-#include "db_selection.h"
-#include "db_lock.h"
#include "tag.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "client_idle.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
-#include "client_subscribe.h"
#include "client_file.h"
#include "tag_print.h"
-#include "path.h"
-#include "replay_gain_config.h"
#include "idle.h"
#include "mapper.h"
#include "song.h"
@@ -64,34 +52,10 @@
#ifdef ENABLE_SQLITE
#include "sticker.h"
-#include "sticker_print.h"
-#include "song_sticker.h"
#endif
#include <assert.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_STATE "state"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_REPEAT "repeat"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_SINGLE "single"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_CONSUME "consume"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_RANDOM "random"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST "playlist"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST_LENGTH "playlistlength"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_SONG "song"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_SONGID "songid"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONG "nextsong"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONGID "nextsongid"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_TIME "time"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_BITRATE "bitrate"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR "error"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_CROSSFADE "xfade"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDB "mixrampdb"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDELAY "mixrampdelay"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_AUDIO "audio"
-#define COMMAND_STATUS_UPDATING_DB "updating_db"
+#include <string.h>
/*
* The most we ever use is for search/find, and that limits it to the
@@ -110,135 +74,17 @@ struct command {
enum command_return (*handler)(struct client *client, int argc, char **argv);
};
-static enum command_return
-print_playlist_result(struct client *client,
- enum playlist_result result)
-{
- switch (result) {
- case PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS:
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-
- case PLAYLIST_RESULT_ERRNO:
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM, "%s",
- g_strerror(errno));
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- case PLAYLIST_RESULT_DENIED:
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PERMISSION, "Access denied");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- case PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG:
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "No such song");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- case PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_LIST:
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "No such playlist");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- case PLAYLIST_RESULT_LIST_EXISTS:
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_EXIST,
- "Playlist already exists");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- case PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_NAME:
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
- "playlist name is invalid: "
- "playlist names may not contain slashes,"
- " newlines or carriage returns");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- case PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE:
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "Bad song index");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- case PLAYLIST_RESULT_NOT_PLAYING:
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PLAYER_SYNC, "Not playing");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- case PLAYLIST_RESULT_TOO_LARGE:
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_PLAYLIST_MAX,
- "playlist is at the max size");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- case PLAYLIST_RESULT_DISABLED:
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
- "stored playlist support is disabled");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- assert(0);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-}
-
-/**
- * Send the GError to the client and free the GError.
- */
-static enum command_return
-print_error(struct client *client, GError *error)
-{
- assert(client != NULL);
- assert(error != NULL);
-
- g_warning("%s", error->message);
-
- if (error->domain == playlist_quark()) {
- enum playlist_result result = error->code;
- g_error_free(error);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
- } else if (error->domain == ack_quark()) {
- command_error(client, error->code, "%s", error->message);
- g_error_free(error);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- } else if (error->domain == db_quark()) {
- switch ((enum db_error)error->code) {
- case DB_DISABLED:
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "%s",
- error->message);
- g_error_free(error);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- case DB_NOT_FOUND:
- g_error_free(error);
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST, "Not found");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
- } else if (error->domain == g_file_error_quark()) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM, "%s",
- g_strerror(error->code));
- g_error_free(error);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- g_error_free(error);
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN, "error");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-}
-
static void
print_spl_list(struct client *client, GPtrArray *list)
{
for (unsigned i = 0; i < list->len; ++i) {
struct stored_playlist_info *playlist =
g_ptr_array_index(list, i);
- time_t t;
-#ifndef WIN32
- struct tm tm;
-#endif
- char timestamp[32];
client_printf(client, "playlist: %s\n", playlist->name);
- t = playlist->mtime;
- strftime(timestamp, sizeof(timestamp),
-#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
- "%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%SZ",
- gmtime(&t)
-#else
- "%FT%TZ",
- gmtime_r(&t, &tm)
-#endif
- );
- client_printf(client, "Last-Modified: %s\n", timestamp);
+ if (playlist->mtime > 0)
+ time_print(client, "Last-Modified", playlist->mtime);
}
}
@@ -269,160 +115,6 @@ handle_tagtypes(struct client *client,
}
static enum command_return
-handle_play(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- int song = -1;
- enum playlist_result result;
-
- if (argc == 2 && !check_int(client, &song, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- result = playlist_play(&g_playlist, client->player_control, song);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- int id = -1;
- enum playlist_result result;
-
- if (argc == 2 && !check_int(client, &id, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- result = playlist_play_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control, id);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_stop(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- playlist_stop(&g_playlist, client->player_control);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_currentsong(struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- playlist_print_current(client, &g_playlist);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_pause(struct client *client,
- int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- if (argc == 2) {
- bool pause_flag;
- if (!check_bool(client, &pause_flag, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- pc_set_pause(client->player_control, pause_flag);
- } else
- pc_pause(client->player_control);
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_status(struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- const char *state = NULL;
- struct player_status player_status;
- int updateJobId;
- char *error;
- int song;
-
- pc_get_status(client->player_control, &player_status);
-
- switch (player_status.state) {
- case PLAYER_STATE_STOP:
- state = "stop";
- break;
- case PLAYER_STATE_PAUSE:
- state = "pause";
- break;
- case PLAYER_STATE_PLAY:
- state = "play";
- break;
- }
-
- client_printf(client,
- "volume: %i\n"
- COMMAND_STATUS_REPEAT ": %i\n"
- COMMAND_STATUS_RANDOM ": %i\n"
- COMMAND_STATUS_SINGLE ": %i\n"
- COMMAND_STATUS_CONSUME ": %i\n"
- COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST ": %li\n"
- COMMAND_STATUS_PLAYLIST_LENGTH ": %i\n"
- COMMAND_STATUS_CROSSFADE ": %i\n"
- COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDB ": %f\n"
- COMMAND_STATUS_MIXRAMPDELAY ": %f\n"
- COMMAND_STATUS_STATE ": %s\n",
- volume_level_get(),
- playlist_get_repeat(&g_playlist),
- playlist_get_random(&g_playlist),
- playlist_get_single(&g_playlist),
- playlist_get_consume(&g_playlist),
- playlist_get_version(&g_playlist),
- playlist_get_length(&g_playlist),
- (int)(pc_get_cross_fade(client->player_control) + 0.5),
- pc_get_mixramp_db(client->player_control),
- pc_get_mixramp_delay(client->player_control),
- state);
-
- song = playlist_get_current_song(&g_playlist);
- if (song >= 0) {
- client_printf(client,
- COMMAND_STATUS_SONG ": %i\n"
- COMMAND_STATUS_SONGID ": %u\n",
- song, playlist_get_song_id(&g_playlist, song));
- }
-
- if (player_status.state != PLAYER_STATE_STOP) {
- struct audio_format_string af_string;
-
- client_printf(client,
- COMMAND_STATUS_TIME ": %i:%i\n"
- "elapsed: %1.3f\n"
- COMMAND_STATUS_BITRATE ": %u\n"
- COMMAND_STATUS_AUDIO ": %s\n",
- (int)(player_status.elapsed_time + 0.5),
- (int)(player_status.total_time + 0.5),
- player_status.elapsed_time,
- player_status.bit_rate,
- audio_format_to_string(&player_status.audio_format,
- &af_string));
- }
-
- if ((updateJobId = isUpdatingDB())) {
- client_printf(client,
- COMMAND_STATUS_UPDATING_DB ": %i\n",
- updateJobId);
- }
-
- error = pc_get_error_message(client->player_control);
- if (error != NULL) {
- client_printf(client,
- COMMAND_STATUS_ERROR ": %s\n",
- error);
- g_free(error);
- }
-
- song = playlist_get_next_song(&g_playlist);
- if (song >= 0) {
- client_printf(client,
- COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONG ": %i\n"
- COMMAND_STATUS_NEXTSONGID ": %u\n",
- song, playlist_get_song_id(&g_playlist, song));
- }
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
handle_kill(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
{
@@ -437,224 +129,6 @@ handle_close(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
}
static enum command_return
-handle_add(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- char *uri = argv[1];
- enum playlist_result result;
-
- if (strncmp(uri, "file:///", 8) == 0) {
- const char *path = uri + 7;
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- if (!client_allow_file(client, path, &error))
- return print_error(client, error);
-
- result = playlist_append_file(&g_playlist,
- client->player_control,
- path,
- NULL);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
- }
-
- if (uri_has_scheme(uri)) {
- if (!uri_supported_scheme(uri)) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
- "unsupported URI scheme");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- result = playlist_append_uri(&g_playlist,
- client->player_control,
- uri, NULL);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
- }
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- return addAllIn(client->player_control, uri, &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_addid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- char *uri = argv[1];
- unsigned added_id;
- enum playlist_result result;
-
- if (strncmp(uri, "file:///", 8) == 0) {
- const char *path = uri + 7;
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- if (!client_allow_file(client, path, &error))
- return print_error(client, error);
-
- result = playlist_append_file(&g_playlist,
- client->player_control,
- path,
- &added_id);
- } else {
- if (uri_has_scheme(uri) && !uri_supported_scheme(uri)) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
- "unsupported URI scheme");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- result = playlist_append_uri(&g_playlist,
- client->player_control,
- uri, &added_id);
- }
-
- if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS)
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-
- if (argc == 3) {
- unsigned to;
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &to, argv[2]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- result = playlist_move_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
- added_id, to);
- if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
- enum command_return ret =
- print_playlist_result(client, result);
- playlist_delete_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
- added_id);
- return ret;
- }
- }
-
- client_printf(client, "Id: %u\n", added_id);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_delete(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned start, end;
- enum playlist_result result;
-
- if (!check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- result = playlist_delete_range(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
- start, end);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_deleteid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned id;
- enum playlist_result result;
-
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- result = playlist_delete_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control, id);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlist(struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- playlist_print_uris(client, &g_playlist);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_shuffle(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned start = 0, end = queue_length(&g_playlist.queue);
- if (argc == 2 && !check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- playlist_shuffle(&g_playlist, client->player_control, start, end);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_clear(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- playlist_clear(&g_playlist, client->player_control);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_save(struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- enum playlist_result result;
-
- result = spl_save_playlist(argv[1], &g_playlist);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_load(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned start_index, end_index;
-
- if (argc < 3) {
- start_index = 0;
- end_index = G_MAXUINT;
- } else if (!check_range(client, &start_index, &end_index, argv[2]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- enum playlist_result result;
-
- result = playlist_open_into_queue(argv[1],
- start_index, end_index,
- &g_playlist,
- client->player_control, true);
- if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_LIST)
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- if (playlist_load_spl(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
- argv[1], start_index, end_index,
- &error))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-
- if (error->domain == playlist_quark() &&
- error->code == PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_NAME)
- /* the message for BAD_NAME is confusing when the
- client wants to load a playlist file from the music
- directory; patch the GError object to show "no such
- playlist" instead */
- error->code = PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_LIST;
-
- return print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_listplaylist(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- if (playlist_file_print(client, argv[1], false))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- return spl_print(client, argv[1], false, &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_listplaylistinfo(struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- if (playlist_file_print(client, argv[1], true))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- return spl_print(client, argv[1], true, &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
handle_lsinfo(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
{
const char *uri;
@@ -685,12 +159,9 @@ handle_lsinfo(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
}
- struct db_selection selection;
- db_selection_init(&selection, uri, false);
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- if (!db_selection_print(client, &selection, true, &error))
- return print_error(client, error);
+ enum command_return result = handle_lsinfo2(client, argc, argv);
+ if (result != COMMAND_RETURN_OK)
+ return result;
if (isRootDirectory(uri)) {
GPtrArray *list = spl_list(NULL);
@@ -704,307 +175,6 @@ handle_lsinfo(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
}
static enum command_return
-handle_rm(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- GError *error = NULL;
- return spl_delete(argv[1], &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_rename(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- GError *error = NULL;
- return spl_rename(argv[1], argv[2], &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_plchanges(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- uint32_t version;
-
- if (!check_uint32(client, &version, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- playlist_print_changes_info(client, &g_playlist, version);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_plchangesposid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- uint32_t version;
-
- if (!check_uint32(client, &version, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- playlist_print_changes_position(client, &g_playlist, version);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistinfo(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned start = 0, end = G_MAXUINT;
- bool ret;
-
- if (argc == 2 && !check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- ret = playlist_print_info(client, &g_playlist, start, end);
- if (!ret)
- return print_playlist_result(client,
- PLAYLIST_RESULT_BAD_RANGE);
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- if (argc >= 2) {
- unsigned id;
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- bool ret = playlist_print_id(client, &g_playlist, id);
- if (!ret)
- return print_playlist_result(client,
- PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG);
- } else {
- playlist_print_info(client, &g_playlist, 0, G_MAXUINT);
- }
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_find(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- struct locate_item_list *list =
- locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-
- if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
- if (list != NULL)
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- enum command_return ret = findSongsIn(client, "", list, &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_findadd(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- struct locate_item_list *list =
- locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
- if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
- if (list != NULL)
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- enum command_return ret =
- findAddIn(client->player_control, "", list, &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_search(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- struct locate_item_list *list =
- locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-
- if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
- if (list != NULL)
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- enum command_return ret = searchForSongsIn(client, "", list, &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_searchadd(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- struct locate_item_list *list =
- locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-
- if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
- if (list != NULL)
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- enum command_return ret = search_add_songs(client->player_control,
- "", list, &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_searchaddpl(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- const char *playlist = argv[1];
-
- struct locate_item_list *list =
- locate_item_list_parse(argv + 2, argc - 2);
-
- if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
- if (list != NULL)
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- enum command_return ret =
- search_add_to_playlist("", playlist, list, &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_count(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- struct locate_item_list *list =
- locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-
- if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
- if (list != NULL)
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- enum command_return ret =
- searchStatsForSongsIn(client, "", list, &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistfind(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- struct locate_item_list *list =
- locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-
- if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
- if (list != NULL)
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- playlist_print_find(client, &g_playlist, list);
-
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistsearch(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- struct locate_item_list *list =
- locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-
- if (list == NULL || list->length == 0) {
- if (list != NULL)
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "incorrect arguments");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- playlist_print_search(client, &g_playlist, list);
-
- locate_item_list_free(list);
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistdelete(struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[]) {
- char *playlist = argv[1];
- unsigned from;
-
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &from, argv[2]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- return spl_remove_index(playlist, from, &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistmove(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- char *playlist = argv[1];
- unsigned from, to;
-
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &from, argv[2]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &to, argv[3]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- return spl_move_index(playlist, from, to, &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
handle_update(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
{
const char *path = NULL;
@@ -1064,105 +234,6 @@ handle_rescan(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
}
static enum command_return
-handle_next(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- /* single mode is not considered when this is user who
- * wants to change song. */
- const bool single = g_playlist.queue.single;
- g_playlist.queue.single = false;
-
- playlist_next(&g_playlist, client->player_control);
-
- g_playlist.queue.single = single;
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_previous(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- playlist_previous(&g_playlist, client->player_control);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_prio(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned priority;
-
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &priority, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- if (priority > 0xff) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
- "Priority out of range: %s", argv[1]);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- for (int i = 2; i < argc; ++i) {
- unsigned start_position, end_position;
- if (!check_range(client, &start_position, &end_position,
- argv[i]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- enum playlist_result result =
- playlist_set_priority(&g_playlist,
- client->player_control,
- start_position, end_position,
- priority);
- if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS)
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
- }
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_prioid(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned priority;
-
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &priority, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- if (priority > 0xff) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
- "Priority out of range: %s", argv[1]);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- for (int i = 2; i < argc; ++i) {
- unsigned song_id;
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &song_id, argv[i]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- enum playlist_result result =
- playlist_set_priority_id(&g_playlist,
- client->player_control,
- song_id, priority);
- if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS)
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
- }
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_listall(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- const char *directory = "";
-
- if (argc == 2)
- directory = argv[1];
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- return printAllIn(client, directory, &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
handle_setvol(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
{
unsigned level;
@@ -1187,240 +258,14 @@ handle_setvol(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
}
static enum command_return
-handle_repeat(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- bool status;
- if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- playlist_set_repeat(&g_playlist, client->player_control, status);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_single(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- bool status;
- if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- playlist_set_single(&g_playlist, client->player_control, status);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_consume(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- bool status;
- if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- playlist_set_consume(&g_playlist, status);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_random(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- bool status;
- if (!check_bool(client, &status, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- playlist_set_random(&g_playlist, client->player_control, status);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
handle_stats(struct client *client,
G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
{
- return stats_print(client);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_clearerror(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- pc_clear_error(client->player_control);
+ stats_print(client);
return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
}
static enum command_return
-handle_list(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- struct locate_item_list *conditionals;
- int tagType = locate_parse_type(argv[1]);
-
- if (tagType < 0) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "\"%s\" is not known", argv[1]);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (tagType == LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
- "\"any\" is not a valid return tag type");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- /* for compatibility with < 0.12.0 */
- if (argc == 3) {
- if (tagType != TAG_ALBUM) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
- "should be \"%s\" for 3 arguments",
- tag_item_names[TAG_ALBUM]);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- locate_item_list_parse(argv + 1, argc - 1);
-
- conditionals = locate_item_list_new(1);
- conditionals->items[0].tag = TAG_ARTIST;
- conditionals->items[0].needle = g_strdup(argv[2]);
- } else {
- conditionals =
- locate_item_list_parse(argv + 2, argc - 2);
- if (conditionals == NULL) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
- "not able to parse args");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
- }
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- enum command_return ret =
- listAllUniqueTags(client, tagType, conditionals, &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-
- locate_item_list_free(conditionals);
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_move(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned start, end;
- int to;
- enum playlist_result result;
-
- if (!check_range(client, &start, &end, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- if (!check_int(client, &to, argv[2]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- result = playlist_move_range(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
- start, end, to);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_moveid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned id;
- int to;
- enum playlist_result result;
-
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- if (!check_int(client, &to, argv[2]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- result = playlist_move_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
- id, to);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_swap(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned song1, song2;
- enum playlist_result result;
-
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &song1, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &song2, argv[2]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- result = playlist_swap_songs(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
- song1, song2);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_swapid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned id1, id2;
- enum playlist_result result;
-
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &id1, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &id2, argv[2]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- result = playlist_swap_songs_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
- id1, id2);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_seek(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned song, seek_time;
- enum playlist_result result;
-
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &song, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &seek_time, argv[2]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- result = playlist_seek_song(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
- song, seek_time);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_seekid(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned id, seek_time;
- enum playlist_result result;
-
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &id, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &seek_time, argv[2]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- result = playlist_seek_song_id(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
- id, seek_time);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_seekcur(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- const char *p = argv[1];
- bool relative = *p == '+' || *p == '-';
- int seek_time;
- if (!check_int(client, &seek_time, p))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- enum playlist_result result =
- playlist_seek_current(&g_playlist, client->player_control,
- seek_time, relative);
- return print_playlist_result(client, result);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_listallinfo(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- const char *directory = "";
-
- if (argc == 2)
- directory = argv[1];
-
- GError *error = NULL;
- return printInfoForAllIn(client, directory, &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
handle_ping(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct client *client,
G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
{
@@ -1442,89 +287,6 @@ handle_password(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
}
-static enum command_return
-handle_crossfade(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned xfade_time;
-
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &xfade_time, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- pc_set_cross_fade(client->player_control, xfade_time);
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_mixrampdb(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- float db;
-
- if (!check_float(client, &db, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- pc_set_mixramp_db(client->player_control, db);
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_mixrampdelay(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- float delay_secs;
-
- if (!check_float(client, &delay_secs, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- pc_set_mixramp_delay(client->player_control, delay_secs);
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_enableoutput(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned device;
- bool ret;
-
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &device, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- ret = audio_output_enable_index(device);
- if (!ret) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
- "No such audio output");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_disableoutput(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- unsigned device;
- bool ret;
-
- if (!check_unsigned(client, &device, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- ret = audio_output_disable_index(device);
- if (!ret) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
- "No such audio output");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_devices(struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- printAudioDevices(client);
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
/* don't be fooled, this is the command handler for "commands" command */
static enum command_return
handle_commands(struct client *client,
@@ -1552,79 +314,6 @@ handle_config(struct client *client,
}
static enum command_return
-handle_playlistclear(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- GError *error = NULL;
- return spl_clear(argv[1], &error)
- ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK
- : print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_playlistadd(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- char *playlist = argv[1];
- char *uri = argv[2];
-
- bool success;
- GError *error = NULL;
- if (uri_has_scheme(uri)) {
- if (!uri_supported_scheme(uri)) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
- "unsupported URI scheme");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- success = spl_append_uri(argv[1], playlist, &error);
- } else
- success = addAllInToStoredPlaylist(uri, playlist, &error);
-
- if (!success && error == NULL) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
- "directory or file not found");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- return success ? COMMAND_RETURN_OK : print_error(client, error);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_listplaylists(struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- GError *error = NULL;
- GPtrArray *list = spl_list(&error);
- if (list == NULL)
- return print_error(client, error);
-
- print_spl_list(client, list);
- spl_list_free(list);
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_replay_gain_mode(struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- if (!replay_gain_set_mode_string(argv[1])) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
- "Unrecognized replay gain mode");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_replay_gain_status(struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- client_printf(client, "replay_gain_mode: %s\n",
- replay_gain_get_mode_string());
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
handle_idle(struct client *client,
G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
{
@@ -1655,332 +344,6 @@ handle_idle(struct client *client,
return 1;
}
-#ifdef ENABLE_SQLITE
-struct sticker_song_find_data {
- struct client *client;
- const char *name;
-};
-
-static void
-sticker_song_find_print_cb(struct song *song, const char *value,
- gpointer user_data)
-{
- struct sticker_song_find_data *data = user_data;
-
- song_print_uri(data->client, song);
- sticker_print_value(data->client, data->name, value);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_sticker_song(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- /* get song song_id key */
- if (argc == 5 && strcmp(argv[1], "get") == 0) {
- struct song *song;
- char *value;
-
- song = db_get_song(argv[3]);
- if (song == NULL) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
- "no such song");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- value = sticker_song_get_value(song, argv[4]);
- if (value == NULL) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
- "no such sticker");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- sticker_print_value(client, argv[4], value);
- g_free(value);
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
- /* list song song_id */
- } else if (argc == 4 && strcmp(argv[1], "list") == 0) {
- struct song *song;
- struct sticker *sticker;
-
- song = db_get_song(argv[3]);
- if (song == NULL) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
- "no such song");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- sticker = sticker_song_get(song);
- if (sticker) {
- sticker_print(client, sticker);
- sticker_free(sticker);
- }
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
- /* set song song_id id key */
- } else if (argc == 6 && strcmp(argv[1], "set") == 0) {
- struct song *song;
- bool ret;
-
- song = db_get_song(argv[3]);
- if (song == NULL) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
- "no such song");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- ret = sticker_song_set_value(song, argv[4], argv[5]);
- if (!ret) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM,
- "failed to set sticker value");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
- /* delete song song_id [key] */
- } else if ((argc == 4 || argc == 5) &&
- strcmp(argv[1], "delete") == 0) {
- struct song *song;
- bool ret;
-
- song = db_get_song(argv[3]);
- if (song == NULL) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
- "no such song");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- ret = argc == 4
- ? sticker_song_delete(song)
- : sticker_song_delete_value(song, argv[4]);
- if (!ret) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM,
- "no such sticker");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
- /* find song dir key */
- } else if (argc == 5 && strcmp(argv[1], "find") == 0) {
- /* "sticker find song a/directory name" */
- struct directory *directory;
- bool success;
- struct sticker_song_find_data data = {
- .client = client,
- .name = argv[4],
- };
-
- db_lock();
- directory = db_get_directory(argv[3]);
- if (directory == NULL) {
- db_unlock();
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
- "no such directory");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- success = sticker_song_find(directory, data.name,
- sticker_song_find_print_cb, &data);
- db_unlock();
- if (!success) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_SYSTEM,
- "failed to set search sticker database");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
- } else {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG, "bad request");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_sticker(struct client *client, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- assert(argc >= 4);
-
- if (!sticker_enabled()) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_UNKNOWN,
- "sticker database is disabled");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (strcmp(argv[2], "song") == 0)
- return handle_sticker_song(client, argc, argv);
- else {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
- "unknown sticker domain");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_subscribe(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- assert(argc == 2);
-
- switch (client_subscribe(client, argv[1])) {
- case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_OK:
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-
- case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_INVALID:
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
- "invalid channel name");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_ALREADY:
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_EXIST,
- "already subscribed to this channel");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
-
- case CLIENT_SUBSCRIBE_FULL:
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_EXIST,
- "subscription list is full");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- /* unreachable */
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_unsubscribe(struct client *client, G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- assert(argc == 2);
-
- if (client_unsubscribe(client, argv[1]))
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
- else {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
- "not subscribed to this channel");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-}
-
-struct channels_context {
- GStringChunk *chunk;
-
- GHashTable *channels;
-};
-
-static void
-collect_channels(gpointer data, gpointer user_data)
-{
- struct channels_context *context = user_data;
- const struct client *client = data;
-
- for (GSList *i = client->subscriptions; i != NULL;
- i = g_slist_next(i)) {
- const char *channel = i->data;
-
- if (g_hash_table_lookup(context->channels, channel) == NULL) {
- char *channel2 = g_string_chunk_insert(context->chunk,
- channel);
- g_hash_table_insert(context->channels, channel2,
- context);
- }
- }
-}
-
-static void
-print_channel(gpointer key, G_GNUC_UNUSED gpointer value, gpointer user_data)
-{
- struct client *client = user_data;
- const char *channel = key;
-
- client_printf(client, "channel: %s\n", channel);
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_channels(struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- assert(argc == 1);
-
- struct channels_context context = {
- .chunk = g_string_chunk_new(1024),
- .channels = g_hash_table_new(g_str_hash, g_str_equal),
- };
-
- client_list_foreach(collect_channels, &context);
-
- g_hash_table_foreach(context.channels, print_channel, client);
-
- g_hash_table_destroy(context.channels);
- g_string_chunk_free(context.chunk);
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_read_messages(struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- assert(argc == 1);
-
- GSList *messages = client_read_messages(client);
-
- for (GSList *i = messages; i != NULL; i = g_slist_next(i)) {
- struct client_message *msg = i->data;
-
- client_printf(client, "channel: %s\nmessage: %s\n",
- msg->channel, msg->message);
- client_message_free(msg);
- }
-
- g_slist_free(messages);
-
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
-}
-
-struct send_message_context {
- struct client_message msg;
-
- bool sent;
-};
-
-static void
-send_message(gpointer data, gpointer user_data)
-{
- struct send_message_context *context = user_data;
- struct client *client = data;
-
- if (client_push_message(client, &context->msg))
- context->sent = true;
-}
-
-static enum command_return
-handle_send_message(struct client *client,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED int argc, G_GNUC_UNUSED char *argv[])
-{
- assert(argc == 3);
-
- if (!client_message_valid_channel_name(argv[1])) {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_ARG,
- "invalid channel name");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-
- struct send_message_context context = {
- .sent = false,
- };
-
- client_message_init(&context.msg, argv[1], argv[2]);
-
- client_list_foreach(send_message, &context);
-
- client_message_deinit(&context.msg);
-
- if (context.sent)
- return COMMAND_RETURN_OK;
- else {
- command_error(client, ACK_ERROR_NO_EXIST,
- "nobody is subscribed to this channel");
- return COMMAND_RETURN_ERROR;
- }
-}
-
/**
* The command registry.
*
diff --git a/src/command.h b/src/command.h
index 68d1f95e4..2dfc11758 100644
--- a/src/command.h
+++ b/src/command.h
@@ -22,7 +22,6 @@
#include "ack.h"
-#include <glib.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
enum command_return {
@@ -34,6 +33,8 @@ enum command_return {
struct client;
+G_BEGIN_DECLS
+
void command_init(void);
void command_finish(void);
@@ -43,4 +44,6 @@ command_process(struct client *client, unsigned num, char *line);
void command_success(struct client *client);
+G_END_DECLS
+
#endif
diff --git a/src/conf.c b/src/conf.c
index 167f2da92..5f12d84d9 100644
--- a/src/conf.c
+++ b/src/conf.c
@@ -102,6 +102,7 @@ static struct config_entry config_entries[] = {
{ .name = CONF_DESPOTIFY_PASSWORD, false, false},
{ .name = CONF_DESPOTIFY_HIGH_BITRATE, false, false },
{ .name = "filter", true, true },
+ { .name = "database", false, true },
};
static bool
diff --git a/src/database.h b/src/database.h
index f877b74d3..e18663525 100644
--- a/src/database.h
+++ b/src/database.h
@@ -35,19 +35,29 @@ struct db_visitor;
/**
* Initialize the database library.
*
- * @param path the absolute path of the database file
+ * @param param the database configuration block
*/
bool
-db_init(const struct config_param *path, GError **error_r);
+db_init(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r);
void
db_finish(void);
/**
+ * Check whether the default #SimpleDatabasePlugin is used. This
+ * allows using db_get_root(), db_save(), db_get_mtime() and
+ * db_exists().
+ */
+bool
+db_is_simple(void);
+
+/**
* Returns the root directory object. Returns NULL if there is no
* configured music directory.
+ *
+ * May only be used if db_is_simple() returns true.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
struct directory *
db_get_root(void);
@@ -55,41 +65,41 @@ db_get_root(void);
* Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
*/
gcc_nonnull(1)
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
struct directory *
db_get_directory(const char *name);
gcc_nonnull(1)
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
struct song *
db_get_song(const char *file);
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
-bool
-db_visit(const struct db_selection *selection,
- const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
- GError **error_r);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
-bool
-db_walk(const char *uri,
- const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
- GError **error_r);
+gcc_nonnull(1)
+void
+db_return_song(struct song *song);
+/**
+ * May only be used if db_is_simple() returns true.
+ */
bool
db_save(GError **error_r);
bool
db_load(GError **error);
-G_GNUC_PURE
+/**
+ * May only be used if db_is_simple() returns true.
+ */
+gcc_pure
time_t
db_get_mtime(void);
/**
* Returns true if there is a valid database file on the disk.
+ *
+ * May only be used if db_is_simple() returns true.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
static inline bool
db_exists(void)
{
diff --git a/src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.cxx b/src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d36cebcfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "ProxyDatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "db_error.h"
+#include "conf.h"
+#include "song.h"
+#include "tag.h"
+}
+
+#include "directory.h"
+#include "playlist_vector.h"
+
+#undef MPD_DIRECTORY_H
+#undef MPD_SONG_H
+#include <mpd/client.h>
+
+#include <cassert>
+#include <string>
+#include <list>
+
+class ProxyDatabase : public Database {
+ std::string host;
+ unsigned port;
+
+ struct mpd_connection *connection;
+ struct directory *root;
+
+public:
+ static Database *Create(const struct config_param *param,
+ GError **error_r);
+
+ virtual bool Open(GError **error_r) override;
+ virtual void Close() override;
+ virtual struct song *GetSong(const char *uri_utf8,
+ GError **error_r) const override;
+ virtual void ReturnSong(struct song *song) const;
+
+ virtual bool Visit(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ VisitDirectory visit_directory,
+ VisitSong visit_song,
+ VisitPlaylist visit_playlist,
+ GError **error_r) const override;
+
+ virtual bool VisitUniqueTags(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ enum tag_type tag_type,
+ VisitString visit_string,
+ GError **error_r) const override;
+
+ virtual bool GetStats(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ DatabaseStats &stats,
+ GError **error_r) const override;
+
+protected:
+ bool Configure(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r);
+};
+
+G_GNUC_CONST
+static inline GQuark
+libmpdclient_quark(void)
+{
+ return g_quark_from_static_string("libmpdclient");
+}
+
+static constexpr struct {
+ enum tag_type d;
+ enum mpd_tag_type s;
+} tag_table[] = {
+ { TAG_ARTIST, MPD_TAG_ARTIST },
+ { TAG_ALBUM, MPD_TAG_ALBUM },
+ { TAG_ALBUM_ARTIST, MPD_TAG_ALBUM_ARTIST },
+ { TAG_TITLE, MPD_TAG_TITLE },
+ { TAG_TRACK, MPD_TAG_TRACK },
+ { TAG_NAME, MPD_TAG_NAME },
+ { TAG_GENRE, MPD_TAG_GENRE },
+ { TAG_DATE, MPD_TAG_DATE },
+ { TAG_COMPOSER, MPD_TAG_COMPOSER },
+ { TAG_PERFORMER, MPD_TAG_PERFORMER },
+ { TAG_COMMENT, MPD_TAG_COMMENT },
+ { TAG_DISC, MPD_TAG_DISC },
+ { TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_ARTISTID, MPD_TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_ARTISTID },
+ { TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_ALBUMID, MPD_TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_ALBUMID },
+ { TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_ALBUMARTISTID,
+ MPD_TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_ALBUMARTISTID },
+ { TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_TRACKID, MPD_TAG_MUSICBRAINZ_TRACKID },
+ { TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES, MPD_TAG_COUNT }
+};
+
+G_GNUC_CONST
+static enum mpd_tag_type
+Convert(enum tag_type tag_type)
+{
+ for (auto i = tag_table; i->d != TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES; ++i)
+ if (i->d == tag_type)
+ return i->s;
+
+ return MPD_TAG_COUNT;
+}
+
+static bool
+CheckError(struct mpd_connection *connection, GError **error_r)
+{
+ const auto error = mpd_connection_get_error(connection);
+ if (error == MPD_ERROR_SUCCESS)
+ return true;
+
+ g_set_error_literal(error_r, libmpdclient_quark(), (int)error,
+ mpd_connection_get_error_message(connection));
+ mpd_connection_clear_error(connection);
+ return false;
+}
+
+Database *
+ProxyDatabase::Create(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r)
+{
+ ProxyDatabase *db = new ProxyDatabase();
+ if (!db->Configure(param, error_r)) {
+ delete db;
+ db = NULL;
+ }
+
+ return db;
+}
+
+bool
+ProxyDatabase::Configure(const struct config_param *param, GError **)
+{
+ host = config_get_block_string(param, "host", "");
+ port = config_get_block_unsigned(param, "port", 0);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool
+ProxyDatabase::Open(GError **error_r)
+{
+ connection = mpd_connection_new(host.empty() ? NULL : host.c_str(),
+ port, 0);
+ if (connection == NULL) {
+ g_set_error_literal(error_r, libmpdclient_quark(),
+ (int)MPD_ERROR_OOM, "Out of memory");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (!CheckError(connection, error_r)) {
+ mpd_connection_free(connection);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ root = directory_new_root();
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void
+ProxyDatabase::Close()
+{
+ assert(connection != nullptr);
+
+ directory_free(root);
+ mpd_connection_free(connection);
+}
+
+static song *
+Convert(const struct mpd_song *song);
+
+struct song *
+ProxyDatabase::GetSong(const char *uri, GError **error_r) const
+{
+ // TODO: implement
+ // TODO: auto-reconnect
+
+ if (!mpd_send_list_meta(connection, uri)) {
+ CheckError(connection, error_r);
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ struct mpd_song *song = mpd_recv_song(connection);
+ struct song *song2 = song != nullptr
+ ? Convert(song)
+ : nullptr;
+ mpd_song_free(song);
+ if (!mpd_response_finish(connection)) {
+ if (song2 != nullptr)
+ song_free(song2);
+
+ CheckError(connection, error_r);
+ return nullptr;
+ }
+
+ if (song2 == nullptr)
+ g_set_error(error_r, db_quark(), DB_NOT_FOUND,
+ "No such song: %s", uri);
+
+ return song2;
+}
+
+void
+ProxyDatabase::ReturnSong(struct song *song) const
+{
+ assert(song != nullptr);
+ assert(song_in_database(song));
+ assert(song_is_detached(song));
+
+ song_free(song);
+}
+
+static bool
+Visit(struct mpd_connection *connection, const char *uri,
+ bool recursive, VisitDirectory visit_directory, VisitSong visit_song,
+ VisitPlaylist visit_playlist, GError **error_r);
+
+static bool
+Visit(struct mpd_connection *connection,
+ bool recursive, const struct mpd_directory *directory,
+ VisitDirectory visit_directory, VisitSong visit_song,
+ VisitPlaylist visit_playlist, GError **error_r)
+{
+ const char *path = mpd_directory_get_path(directory);
+
+ if (visit_directory) {
+ struct directory *d =
+ directory_new(path, &detached_root);
+ bool success = visit_directory(*d, error_r);
+ directory_free(d);
+ if (!success)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (recursive &&
+ !Visit(connection, path, recursive,
+ visit_directory, visit_song, visit_playlist, error_r))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void
+Copy(struct tag *tag, enum tag_type d_tag,
+ const struct mpd_song *song, enum mpd_tag_type s_tag)
+{
+
+ for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i) {
+ const char *value = mpd_song_get_tag(song, s_tag, i);
+ if (value == NULL)
+ break;
+
+ tag_add_item(tag, d_tag, value);
+ }
+}
+
+static song *
+Convert(const struct mpd_song *song)
+{
+ struct song *s = song_detached_new(mpd_song_get_uri(song));
+
+ s->mtime = mpd_song_get_last_modified(song);
+ s->start_ms = mpd_song_get_start(song) * 1000;
+ s->end_ms = mpd_song_get_end(song) * 1000;
+
+ struct tag *tag = tag_new();
+ tag->time = mpd_song_get_duration(song);
+
+ tag_begin_add(tag);
+ for (auto i = tag_table; i->d != TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES; ++i)
+ Copy(tag, i->d, song, i->s);
+ tag_end_add(tag);
+
+ s->tag = tag;
+
+ return s;
+}
+
+static bool
+Visit(const struct mpd_song *song,
+ VisitSong visit_song, GError **error_r)
+{
+ if (!visit_song)
+ return true;
+
+ struct song *s = Convert(song);
+ bool success = visit_song(*s, error_r);
+ song_free(s);
+
+ return success;
+}
+
+static bool
+Visit(const struct mpd_playlist *playlist,
+ VisitPlaylist visit_playlist, GError **error_r)
+{
+ if (!visit_playlist)
+ return true;
+
+ struct playlist_metadata p;
+ p.name = g_strdup(mpd_playlist_get_path(playlist));
+ p.mtime = mpd_playlist_get_last_modified(playlist);
+
+ bool success = visit_playlist(p, detached_root, error_r);
+ g_free(p.name);
+
+ return success;
+}
+
+class ProxyEntity {
+ struct mpd_entity *entity;
+
+public:
+ explicit ProxyEntity(struct mpd_entity *_entity)
+ :entity(_entity) {}
+
+ ProxyEntity(const ProxyEntity &other) = delete;
+
+ ProxyEntity(ProxyEntity &&other)
+ :entity(other.entity) {
+ other.entity = nullptr;
+ }
+
+ ~ProxyEntity() {
+ if (entity != nullptr)
+ mpd_entity_free(entity);
+ }
+
+ ProxyEntity &operator=(const ProxyEntity &other) = delete;
+
+ operator const struct mpd_entity *() const {
+ return entity;
+ }
+};
+
+static std::list<ProxyEntity>
+ReceiveEntities(struct mpd_connection *connection)
+{
+ std::list<ProxyEntity> entities;
+ struct mpd_entity *entity;
+ while ((entity = mpd_recv_entity(connection)) != NULL)
+ entities.push_back(ProxyEntity(entity));
+
+ mpd_response_finish(connection);
+ return entities;
+}
+
+static bool
+Visit(struct mpd_connection *connection, const char *uri,
+ bool recursive, VisitDirectory visit_directory, VisitSong visit_song,
+ VisitPlaylist visit_playlist, GError **error_r)
+{
+ if (!mpd_send_list_meta(connection, uri))
+ return CheckError(connection, error_r);
+
+ std::list<ProxyEntity> entities(ReceiveEntities(connection));
+ if (!CheckError(connection, error_r))
+ return false;
+
+ for (const auto &entity : entities) {
+ switch (mpd_entity_get_type(entity)) {
+ case MPD_ENTITY_TYPE_UNKNOWN:
+ break;
+
+ case MPD_ENTITY_TYPE_DIRECTORY:
+ if (!Visit(connection, recursive,
+ mpd_entity_get_directory(entity),
+ visit_directory, visit_song, visit_playlist,
+ error_r))
+ return false;
+ break;
+
+ case MPD_ENTITY_TYPE_SONG:
+ if (!Visit(mpd_entity_get_song(entity), visit_song,
+ error_r))
+ return false;
+ break;
+
+ case MPD_ENTITY_TYPE_PLAYLIST:
+ if (!Visit(mpd_entity_get_playlist(entity),
+ visit_playlist, error_r))
+ return false;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return CheckError(connection, error_r);
+}
+
+bool
+ProxyDatabase::Visit(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ VisitDirectory visit_directory,
+ VisitSong visit_song,
+ VisitPlaylist visit_playlist,
+ GError **error_r) const
+{
+ // TODO: match
+ // TODO: auto-reconnect
+
+ return ::Visit(connection, selection.uri, selection.recursive,
+ visit_directory, visit_song, visit_playlist,
+ error_r);
+}
+
+bool
+ProxyDatabase::VisitUniqueTags(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ enum tag_type tag_type,
+ VisitString visit_string,
+ GError **error_r) const
+{
+ enum mpd_tag_type tag_type2 = Convert(tag_type);
+ if (tag_type2 == MPD_TAG_COUNT) {
+ g_set_error_literal(error_r, libmpdclient_quark(), 0,
+ "Unsupported tag");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (!mpd_search_db_tags(connection, tag_type2))
+ return CheckError(connection, error_r);
+
+ // TODO: match
+ (void)selection;
+
+ if (!mpd_search_commit(connection))
+ return CheckError(connection, error_r);
+
+ bool result = true;
+
+ struct mpd_pair *pair;
+ while (result &&
+ (pair = mpd_recv_pair_tag(connection, tag_type2)) != nullptr) {
+ result = visit_string(pair->value, error_r);
+ mpd_return_pair(connection, pair);
+ }
+
+ return mpd_response_finish(connection) &&
+ CheckError(connection, error_r) &&
+ result;
+}
+
+bool
+ProxyDatabase::GetStats(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ DatabaseStats &stats, GError **error_r) const
+{
+ // TODO: match
+ (void)selection;
+
+ struct mpd_stats *stats2 =
+ mpd_run_stats(connection);
+ if (stats2 == nullptr)
+ return CheckError(connection, error_r);
+
+ stats.song_count = mpd_stats_get_number_of_songs(stats2);
+ stats.total_duration = mpd_stats_get_db_play_time(stats2);
+ stats.artist_count = mpd_stats_get_number_of_artists(stats2);
+ stats.album_count = mpd_stats_get_number_of_albums(stats2);
+ mpd_stats_free(stats2);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+const DatabasePlugin proxy_db_plugin = {
+ "proxy",
+ ProxyDatabase::Create,
+};
diff --git a/src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.hxx b/src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e878baca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/db/ProxyDatabasePlugin.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_PROXY_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+#define MPD_PROXY_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+
+struct DatabasePlugin;
+
+extern const DatabasePlugin proxy_db_plugin;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/db/simple_db_plugin.c b/src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.cxx
index 697e8da5f..d83c1ca73 100644
--- a/src/db/simple_db_plugin.c
+++ b/src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.cxx
@@ -18,14 +18,18 @@
*/
#include "config.h"
-#include "simple_db_plugin.h"
-#include "db_internal.h"
+#include "SimpleDatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseHelpers.hxx"
+#include "SongFilter.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
#include "db_error.h"
-#include "db_selection.h"
-#include "db_visitor.h"
#include "db_save.h"
#include "db_lock.h"
#include "conf.h"
+}
+
#include "directory.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
@@ -33,16 +37,6 @@
#include <unistd.h>
#include <errno.h>
-struct simple_db {
- struct db base;
-
- char *path;
-
- struct directory *root;
-
- time_t mtime;
-};
-
G_GNUC_CONST
static inline GQuark
simple_db_quark(void)
@@ -50,63 +44,50 @@ simple_db_quark(void)
return g_quark_from_static_string("simple_db");
}
-G_GNUC_PURE
-static const struct directory *
-simple_db_lookup_directory(const struct simple_db *db, const char *uri)
+Database *
+SimpleDatabase::Create(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r)
{
- assert(db != NULL);
- assert(db->root != NULL);
- assert(uri != NULL);
+ SimpleDatabase *db = new SimpleDatabase();
+ if (!db->Configure(param, error_r)) {
+ delete db;
+ db = NULL;
+ }
- db_lock();
- struct directory *directory =
- directory_lookup_directory(db->root, uri);
- db_unlock();
- return directory;
+ return db;
}
-static struct db *
-simple_db_init(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r)
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::Configure(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r)
{
- struct simple_db *db = g_malloc(sizeof(*db));
- db_base_init(&db->base, &simple_db_plugin);
-
GError *error = NULL;
- db->path = config_dup_block_path(param, "path", &error);
- if (db->path == NULL) {
- g_free(db);
+
+ char *_path = config_dup_block_path(param, "path", &error);
+ if (_path == NULL) {
if (error != NULL)
g_propagate_error(error_r, error);
else
g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), 0,
"No \"path\" parameter specified");
- return NULL;
+ return false;
}
- return &db->base;
-}
+ path = _path;
+ free(_path);
-static void
-simple_db_finish(struct db *_db)
-{
- struct simple_db *db = (struct simple_db *)_db;
-
- g_free(db->path);
- g_free(db);
+ return true;
}
-static bool
-simple_db_check(struct simple_db *db, GError **error_r)
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::Check(GError **error_r) const
{
- assert(db != NULL);
- assert(db->path != NULL);
+ assert(!path.empty());
/* Check if the file exists */
- if (access(db->path, F_OK)) {
+ if (access(path.c_str(), F_OK)) {
/* If the file doesn't exist, we can't check if we can write
* it, so we are going to try to get the directory path, and
* see if we can write a file in that */
- char *dirPath = g_path_get_dirname(db->path);
+ char *dirPath = g_path_get_dirname(path.c_str());
/* Check that the parent part of the path is a directory */
struct stat st;
@@ -115,7 +96,7 @@ simple_db_check(struct simple_db *db, GError **error_r)
g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
"Couldn't stat parent directory of db file "
"\"%s\": %s",
- db->path, g_strerror(errno));
+ path.c_str(), g_strerror(errno));
return false;
}
@@ -124,7 +105,7 @@ simple_db_check(struct simple_db *db, GError **error_r)
g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), 0,
"Couldn't create db file \"%s\" because the "
"parent path is not a directory",
- db->path);
+ path.c_str());
return false;
}
@@ -144,47 +125,46 @@ simple_db_check(struct simple_db *db, GError **error_r)
/* Path exists, now check if it's a regular file */
struct stat st;
- if (stat(db->path, &st) < 0) {
+ if (stat(path.c_str(), &st) < 0) {
g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
"Couldn't stat db file \"%s\": %s",
- db->path, g_strerror(errno));
+ path.c_str(), g_strerror(errno));
return false;
}
if (!S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), 0,
"db file \"%s\" is not a regular file",
- db->path);
+ path.c_str());
return false;
}
/* And check that we can write to it */
- if (access(db->path, R_OK | W_OK)) {
+ if (access(path.c_str(), R_OK | W_OK)) {
g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
"Can't open db file \"%s\" for reading/writing: %s",
- db->path, g_strerror(errno));
+ path.c_str(), g_strerror(errno));
return false;
}
return true;
}
-static bool
-simple_db_load(struct simple_db *db, GError **error_r)
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::Load(GError **error_r)
{
- assert(db != NULL);
- assert(db->path != NULL);
- assert(db->root != NULL);
+ assert(!path.empty());
+ assert(root != NULL);
- FILE *fp = fopen(db->path, "r");
+ FILE *fp = fopen(path.c_str(), "r");
if (fp == NULL) {
g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
"Failed to open database file \"%s\": %s",
- db->path, g_strerror(errno));
+ path.c_str(), g_strerror(errno));
return false;
}
- if (!db_load_internal(fp, db->root, error_r)) {
+ if (!db_load_internal(fp, root, error_r)) {
fclose(fp);
return false;
}
@@ -192,141 +172,163 @@ simple_db_load(struct simple_db *db, GError **error_r)
fclose(fp);
struct stat st;
- if (stat(db->path, &st) == 0)
- db->mtime = st.st_mtime;
+ if (stat(path.c_str(), &st) == 0)
+ mtime = st.st_mtime;
return true;
}
-static bool
-simple_db_open(struct db *_db, G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::Open(GError **error_r)
{
- struct simple_db *db = (struct simple_db *)_db;
+ root = directory_new_root();
+ mtime = 0;
- db->root = directory_new_root();
- db->mtime = 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ borrowed_song_count = 0;
+#endif
GError *error = NULL;
- if (!simple_db_load(db, &error)) {
- directory_free(db->root);
+ if (!Load(&error)) {
+ directory_free(root);
g_warning("Failed to load database: %s", error->message);
g_error_free(error);
- if (!simple_db_check(db, error_r))
+ if (!Check(error_r))
return false;
- db->root = directory_new_root();
+ root = directory_new_root();
}
return true;
}
-static void
-simple_db_close(struct db *_db)
+void
+SimpleDatabase::Close()
{
- struct simple_db *db = (struct simple_db *)_db;
+ assert(root != NULL);
+ assert(borrowed_song_count == 0);
- assert(db->root != NULL);
-
- directory_free(db->root);
+ directory_free(root);
}
-static struct song *
-simple_db_get_song(struct db *_db, const char *uri, GError **error_r)
+struct song *
+SimpleDatabase::GetSong(const char *uri, GError **error_r) const
{
- struct simple_db *db = (struct simple_db *)_db;
-
- assert(db->root != NULL);
+ assert(root != NULL);
db_lock();
- struct song *song = directory_lookup_song(db->root, uri);
+ struct song *song = directory_lookup_song(root, uri);
db_unlock();
if (song == NULL)
g_set_error(error_r, db_quark(), DB_NOT_FOUND,
"No such song: %s", uri);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ else
+ ++const_cast<unsigned &>(borrowed_song_count);
+#endif
return song;
}
-static bool
-simple_db_visit(struct db *_db, const struct db_selection *selection,
- const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
- GError **error_r)
+void
+SimpleDatabase::ReturnSong(gcc_unused struct song *song) const
+{
+ assert(song != nullptr);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ assert(borrowed_song_count > 0);
+ --const_cast<unsigned &>(borrowed_song_count);
+#endif
+}
+
+G_GNUC_PURE
+const struct directory *
+SimpleDatabase::LookupDirectory(const char *uri) const
+{
+ assert(root != NULL);
+ assert(uri != NULL);
+
+ ScopeDatabaseLock protect;
+ return directory_lookup_directory(root, uri);
+}
+
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::Visit(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ VisitDirectory visit_directory,
+ VisitSong visit_song,
+ VisitPlaylist visit_playlist,
+ GError **error_r) const
{
- const struct simple_db *db = (const struct simple_db *)_db;
+ ScopeDatabaseLock protect;
+
const struct directory *directory =
- simple_db_lookup_directory(db, selection->uri);
+ directory_lookup_directory(root, selection.uri);
if (directory == NULL) {
- struct song *song;
- if (visitor->song != NULL &&
- (song = simple_db_get_song(_db, selection->uri, NULL)) != NULL)
- return visitor->song(song, ctx, error_r);
+ if (visit_song) {
+ struct song *song =
+ directory_lookup_song(root, selection.uri);
+ if (song != nullptr)
+ return !selection.Match(*song) ||
+ visit_song(*song, error_r);
+ }
g_set_error(error_r, db_quark(), DB_NOT_FOUND,
"No such directory");
return false;
}
- if (selection->recursive && visitor->directory != NULL &&
- !visitor->directory(directory, ctx, error_r))
+ if (selection.recursive && visit_directory &&
+ !visit_directory(*directory, error_r))
return false;
- db_lock();
- bool ret = directory_walk(directory, selection->recursive,
- visitor, ctx, error_r);
- db_unlock();
- return ret;
+ return directory->Walk(selection.recursive, selection.filter,
+ visit_directory, visit_song, visit_playlist,
+ error_r);
}
-const struct db_plugin simple_db_plugin = {
- .name = "simple",
- .init = simple_db_init,
- .finish = simple_db_finish,
- .open = simple_db_open,
- .close = simple_db_close,
- .get_song = simple_db_get_song,
- .visit = simple_db_visit,
-};
-
-struct directory *
-simple_db_get_root(struct db *_db)
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::VisitUniqueTags(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ enum tag_type tag_type,
+ VisitString visit_string,
+ GError **error_r) const
{
- struct simple_db *db = (struct simple_db *)_db;
-
- assert(db != NULL);
- assert(db->root != NULL);
-
- return db->root;
+ return ::VisitUniqueTags(*this, selection, tag_type, visit_string,
+ error_r);
}
bool
-simple_db_save(struct db *_db, GError **error_r)
+SimpleDatabase::GetStats(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ DatabaseStats &stats, GError **error_r) const
{
- struct simple_db *db = (struct simple_db *)_db;
- struct directory *music_root = db->root;
+ return ::GetStats(*this, selection, stats, error_r);
+}
+bool
+SimpleDatabase::Save(GError **error_r)
+{
db_lock();
g_debug("removing empty directories from DB");
- directory_prune_empty(music_root);
+ directory_prune_empty(root);
g_debug("sorting DB");
- directory_sort(music_root);
+ directory_sort(root);
db_unlock();
g_debug("writing DB");
- FILE *fp = fopen(db->path, "w");
+ FILE *fp = fopen(path.c_str(), "w");
if (!fp) {
g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
"unable to write to db file \"%s\": %s",
- db->path, g_strerror(errno));
+ path.c_str(), g_strerror(errno));
return false;
}
- db_save_internal(fp, music_root);
+ db_save_internal(fp, root);
if (ferror(fp)) {
g_set_error(error_r, simple_db_quark(), errno,
@@ -339,19 +341,13 @@ simple_db_save(struct db *_db, GError **error_r)
fclose(fp);
struct stat st;
- if (stat(db->path, &st) == 0)
- db->mtime = st.st_mtime;
+ if (stat(path.c_str(), &st) == 0)
+ mtime = st.st_mtime;
return true;
}
-time_t
-simple_db_get_mtime(const struct db *_db)
-{
- const struct simple_db *db = (const struct simple_db *)_db;
-
- assert(db != NULL);
- assert(db->root != NULL);
-
- return db->mtime;
-}
+const DatabasePlugin simple_db_plugin = {
+ "simple",
+ SimpleDatabase::Create,
+};
diff --git a/src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.hxx b/src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ea5c4925
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/db/SimpleDatabasePlugin.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_SIMPLE_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+#define MPD_SIMPLE_DATABASE_PLUGIN_HXX
+
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+#include <cassert>
+#include <string>
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+struct directory;
+
+class SimpleDatabase : public Database {
+ std::string path;
+
+ struct directory *root;
+
+ time_t mtime;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ unsigned borrowed_song_count;
+#endif
+
+public:
+ gcc_pure
+ struct directory *GetRoot() {
+ assert(root != NULL);
+
+ return root;
+ }
+
+ bool Save(GError **error_r);
+
+ gcc_pure
+ time_t GetLastModified() const {
+ return mtime;
+ }
+
+ static Database *Create(const struct config_param *param,
+ GError **error_r);
+
+ virtual bool Open(GError **error_r) override;
+ virtual void Close() override;
+
+ virtual struct song *GetSong(const char *uri_utf8,
+ GError **error_r) const override;
+ virtual void ReturnSong(struct song *song) const;
+
+ virtual bool Visit(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ VisitDirectory visit_directory,
+ VisitSong visit_song,
+ VisitPlaylist visit_playlist,
+ GError **error_r) const override;
+
+ virtual bool VisitUniqueTags(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ enum tag_type tag_type,
+ VisitString visit_string,
+ GError **error_r) const override;
+
+ virtual bool GetStats(const DatabaseSelection &selection,
+ DatabaseStats &stats,
+ GError **error_r) const override;
+
+protected:
+ bool Configure(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r);
+
+ gcc_pure
+ bool Check(GError **error_r) const;
+
+ bool Load(GError **error_r);
+
+ gcc_pure
+ const struct directory *LookupDirectory(const char *uri) const;
+};
+
+extern const DatabasePlugin simple_db_plugin;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/dbUtils.c b/src/dbUtils.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c212d9f9c..000000000
--- a/src/dbUtils.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "dbUtils.h"
-#include "locate.h"
-#include "database.h"
-#include "db_visitor.h"
-#include "playlist.h"
-#include "stored_playlist.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
-
-static bool
-add_to_queue_song(struct song *song, void *ctx, GError **error_r)
-{
- struct player_control *pc = ctx;
-
- enum playlist_result result =
- playlist_append_song(&g_playlist, pc, song, NULL);
- if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
- g_set_error(error_r, playlist_quark(), result,
- "Playlist error");
- return false;
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor add_to_queue_visitor = {
- .song = add_to_queue_song,
-};
-
-bool
-addAllIn(struct player_control *pc, const char *uri, GError **error_r)
-{
- return db_walk(uri, &add_to_queue_visitor, pc, error_r);
-}
-
-struct add_data {
- const char *path;
-};
-
-static bool
-add_to_spl_song(struct song *song, void *ctx, GError **error_r)
-{
- struct add_data *data = ctx;
-
- if (!spl_append_song(data->path, song, error_r))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor add_to_spl_visitor = {
- .song = add_to_spl_song,
-};
-
-bool
-addAllInToStoredPlaylist(const char *uri_utf8, const char *path_utf8,
- GError **error_r)
-{
- struct add_data data = {
- .path = path_utf8,
- };
-
- return db_walk(uri_utf8, &add_to_spl_visitor, &data, error_r);
-}
-
-struct find_add_data {
- struct player_control *pc;
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria;
-};
-
-static bool
-find_add_song(struct song *song, void *ctx, GError **error_r)
-{
- struct find_add_data *data = ctx;
-
- if (!locate_song_match(song, data->criteria))
- return true;
-
- enum playlist_result result =
- playlist_append_song(&g_playlist, data->pc,
- song, NULL);
- if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
- g_set_error(error_r, playlist_quark(), result,
- "Playlist error");
- return false;
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor find_add_visitor = {
- .song = find_add_song,
-};
-
-bool
-findAddIn(struct player_control *pc, const char *name,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria, GError **error_r)
-{
- struct find_add_data data;
- data.pc = pc;
- data.criteria = criteria;
-
- return db_walk(name, &find_add_visitor, &data, error_r);
-}
-
-static bool
-searchadd_visitor_song(struct song *song, void *_data, GError **error_r)
-{
- struct find_add_data *data = _data;
-
- if (!locate_song_search(song, data->criteria))
- return true;
-
- enum playlist_result result =
- playlist_append_song(&g_playlist, data->pc, song, NULL);
- if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
- g_set_error(error_r, playlist_quark(), result,
- "Playlist error");
- return false;
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor searchadd_visitor = {
- .song = searchadd_visitor_song,
-};
-
-bool
-search_add_songs(struct player_control *pc, const char *uri,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
- GError **error_r)
-{
- struct locate_item_list *new_list =
- locate_item_list_casefold(criteria);
- struct find_add_data data = {
- .pc = pc,
- .criteria = new_list,
- };
-
- bool success = db_walk(uri, &searchadd_visitor, &data, error_r);
-
- locate_item_list_free(new_list);
-
- return success;
-}
-
-struct search_add_playlist_data {
- const char *playlist;
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria;
-};
-
-static bool
-searchaddpl_visitor_song(struct song *song, void *_data,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
- struct search_add_playlist_data *data = _data;
-
- if (!locate_song_search(song, data->criteria))
- return true;
-
- if (!spl_append_song(data->playlist, song, error_r))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor searchaddpl_visitor = {
- .song = searchaddpl_visitor_song,
-};
-
-bool
-search_add_to_playlist(const char *uri, const char *path_utf8,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
- GError **error_r)
-{
- struct locate_item_list *new_list
- = locate_item_list_casefold(criteria);
- struct search_add_playlist_data data = {
- .playlist = path_utf8,
- .criteria = new_list,
- };
-
- bool success = db_walk(uri, &searchaddpl_visitor, &data, error_r);
-
- locate_item_list_free(new_list);
-
- return success;
-}
diff --git a/src/dbUtils.h b/src/dbUtils.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 706c807fd..000000000
--- a/src/dbUtils.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_DB_UTILS_H
-#define MPD_DB_UTILS_H
-
-#include "gcc.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-struct locate_item_list;
-struct player_control;
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
-bool
-addAllIn(struct player_control *pc, const char *uri, GError **error_r);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
-bool
-addAllInToStoredPlaylist(const char *uri_utf8, const char *path_utf8,
- GError **error_r);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2,3)
-bool
-findAddIn(struct player_control *pc, const char *name,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria, GError **error_r);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2,3)
-bool
-search_add_songs(struct player_control *pc, const char *uri,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria, GError **error_r);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2,3)
-bool
-search_add_to_playlist(const char *uri, const char *path_utf8,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
- GError **error_r);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/db_lock.h b/src/db_lock.h
index 4640502f3..eed71eec0 100644
--- a/src/db_lock.h
+++ b/src/db_lock.h
@@ -81,4 +81,19 @@ db_unlock(void)
g_static_mutex_unlock(&db_mutex);
}
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+class ScopeDatabaseLock {
+public:
+ ScopeDatabaseLock() {
+ db_lock();
+ }
+
+ ~ScopeDatabaseLock() {
+ db_unlock();
+ }
+};
+
+#endif
+
#endif
diff --git a/src/db_plugin.h b/src/db_plugin.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c7e14ede..000000000
--- a/src/db_plugin.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-/** \file
- *
- * This header declares the db_plugin class. It describes a
- * plugin API for databases of song metadata.
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_DB_PLUGIN_H
-#define MPD_DB_PLUGIN_H
-
-#include <glib.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-struct config_param;
-struct db_selection;
-struct db_visitor;
-
-struct db {
- const struct db_plugin *plugin;
-};
-
-struct db_plugin {
- const char *name;
-
- /**
- * Allocates and configures a database.
- */
- struct db *(*init)(const struct config_param *param, GError **error_r);
-
- /**
- * Free instance data.
- */
- void (*finish)(struct db *db);
-
- /**
- * Open the database. Read it into memory if applicable.
- */
- bool (*open)(struct db *db, GError **error_r);
-
- /**
- * Close the database, free allocated memory.
- */
- void (*close)(struct db *db);
-
- /**
- * Look up a song (including tag data) in the database.
- *
- * @param the URI of the song within the music directory
- * (UTF-8)
- */
- struct song *(*get_song)(struct db *db, const char *uri,
- GError **error_r);
-
- /**
- * Visit the selected entities.
- */
- bool (*visit)(struct db *db, const struct db_selection *selection,
- const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
- GError **error_r);
-};
-
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
-static inline struct db *
-db_plugin_new(const struct db_plugin *plugin, const struct config_param *param,
- GError **error_r)
-{
- assert(plugin != NULL);
- assert(plugin->init != NULL);
- assert(plugin->finish != NULL);
- assert(plugin->get_song != NULL);
- assert(plugin->visit != NULL);
- assert(error_r == NULL || *error_r == NULL);
-
- struct db *db = plugin->init(param, error_r);
- assert(db == NULL || db->plugin == plugin);
- assert(db != NULL || error_r == NULL || *error_r != NULL);
-
- return db;
-}
-
-static inline void
-db_plugin_free(struct db *db)
-{
- assert(db != NULL);
- assert(db->plugin != NULL);
- assert(db->plugin->finish != NULL);
-
- db->plugin->finish(db);
-}
-
-static inline bool
-db_plugin_open(struct db *db, GError **error_r)
-{
- assert(db != NULL);
- assert(db->plugin != NULL);
-
- return db->plugin->open != NULL
- ? db->plugin->open(db, error_r)
- : true;
-}
-
-static inline void
-db_plugin_close(struct db *db)
-{
- assert(db != NULL);
- assert(db->plugin != NULL);
-
- if (db->plugin->close != NULL)
- db->plugin->close(db);
-}
-
-static inline struct song *
-db_plugin_get_song(struct db *db, const char *uri, GError **error_r)
-{
- assert(db != NULL);
- assert(db->plugin != NULL);
- assert(db->plugin->get_song != NULL);
- assert(uri != NULL);
-
- return db->plugin->get_song(db, uri, error_r);
-}
-
-static inline bool
-db_plugin_visit(struct db *db, const struct db_selection *selection,
- const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
- GError **error_r)
-{
- assert(db != NULL);
- assert(db->plugin != NULL);
- assert(selection != NULL);
- assert(visitor != NULL);
- assert(error_r == NULL || *error_r == NULL);
-
- return db->plugin->visit(db, selection, visitor, ctx, error_r);
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/db_print.c b/src/db_print.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d7e3f5ef..000000000
--- a/src/db_print.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,393 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "db_print.h"
-#include "db_selection.h"
-#include "db_visitor.h"
-#include "locate.h"
-#include "directory.h"
-#include "database.h"
-#include "client.h"
-#include "song.h"
-#include "song_print.h"
-#include "playlist_vector.h"
-#include "tag.h"
-#include "strset.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
-
-typedef struct _ListCommandItem {
- int8_t tagType;
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria;
-} ListCommandItem;
-
-typedef struct _SearchStats {
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria;
- int numberOfSongs;
- unsigned long playTime;
-} SearchStats;
-
-static bool
-print_visitor_directory(const struct directory *directory, void *data,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
- struct client *client = data;
-
- if (!directory_is_root(directory))
- client_printf(client, "directory: %s\n", directory_get_path(directory));
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static void
-print_playlist_in_directory(struct client *client,
- const struct directory *directory,
- const char *name_utf8)
-{
- if (directory_is_root(directory))
- client_printf(client, "playlist: %s\n", name_utf8);
- else
- client_printf(client, "playlist: %s/%s\n",
- directory_get_path(directory), name_utf8);
-}
-
-static bool
-print_visitor_song(struct song *song, void *data,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
- assert(song != NULL);
- assert(song->parent != NULL);
-
- struct client *client = data;
- song_print_uri(client, song);
-
- if (song->tag != NULL && song->tag->has_playlist)
- /* this song file has an embedded CUE sheet */
- print_playlist_in_directory(client, song->parent,
- song->uri);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool
-print_visitor_song_info(struct song *song, void *data,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
- assert(song != NULL);
- assert(song->parent != NULL);
-
- struct client *client = data;
- song_print_info(client, song);
-
- if (song->tag != NULL && song->tag->has_playlist)
- /* this song file has an embedded CUE sheet */
- print_playlist_in_directory(client, song->parent,
- song->uri);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool
-print_visitor_playlist(const struct playlist_metadata *playlist,
- const struct directory *directory, void *ctx,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
- struct client *client = ctx;
- print_playlist_in_directory(client, directory, playlist->name);
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool
-print_visitor_playlist_info(const struct playlist_metadata *playlist,
- const struct directory *directory,
- void *ctx, G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
- struct client *client = ctx;
- print_playlist_in_directory(client, directory, playlist->name);
-
-#ifndef G_OS_WIN32
- struct tm tm;
-#endif
- char timestamp[32];
- time_t t = playlist->mtime;
- strftime(timestamp, sizeof(timestamp),
-#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
- "%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%SZ",
- gmtime(&t)
-#else
- "%FT%TZ",
- gmtime_r(&t, &tm)
-#endif
- );
- client_printf(client, "Last-Modified: %s\n", timestamp);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor print_visitor = {
- .directory = print_visitor_directory,
- .song = print_visitor_song,
- .playlist = print_visitor_playlist,
-};
-
-static const struct db_visitor print_info_visitor = {
- .directory = print_visitor_directory,
- .song = print_visitor_song_info,
- .playlist = print_visitor_playlist_info,
-};
-
-bool
-db_selection_print(struct client *client, const struct db_selection *selection,
- bool full, GError **error_r)
-{
- return db_visit(selection, full ? &print_info_visitor : &print_visitor,
- client, error_r);
-}
-
-struct search_data {
- struct client *client;
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria;
-};
-
-static bool
-search_visitor_song(struct song *song, void *_data,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
- struct search_data *data = _data;
-
- if (locate_song_search(song, data->criteria))
- song_print_info(data->client, song);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor search_visitor = {
- .song = search_visitor_song,
-};
-
-bool
-searchForSongsIn(struct client *client, const char *name,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
- GError **error_r)
-{
- struct locate_item_list *new_list
- = locate_item_list_casefold(criteria);
- struct search_data data;
-
- data.client = client;
- data.criteria = new_list;
-
- bool success = db_walk(name, &search_visitor, &data, error_r);
-
- locate_item_list_free(new_list);
-
- return success;
-}
-
-static bool
-find_visitor_song(struct song *song, void *_data,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
- struct search_data *data = _data;
-
- if (locate_song_match(song, data->criteria))
- song_print_info(data->client, song);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor find_visitor = {
- .song = find_visitor_song,
-};
-
-bool
-findSongsIn(struct client *client, const char *name,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
- GError **error_r)
-{
- struct search_data data;
-
- data.client = client;
- data.criteria = criteria;
-
- return db_walk(name, &find_visitor, &data, error_r);
-}
-
-static void printSearchStats(struct client *client, SearchStats *stats)
-{
- client_printf(client, "songs: %i\n", stats->numberOfSongs);
- client_printf(client, "playtime: %li\n", stats->playTime);
-}
-
-static bool
-stats_visitor_song(struct song *song, void *data,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
- SearchStats *stats = data;
-
- if (locate_song_match(song, stats->criteria)) {
- stats->numberOfSongs++;
- stats->playTime += song_get_duration(song);
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor stats_visitor = {
- .song = stats_visitor_song,
-};
-
-bool
-searchStatsForSongsIn(struct client *client, const char *name,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
- GError **error_r)
-{
- SearchStats stats;
-
- stats.criteria = criteria;
- stats.numberOfSongs = 0;
- stats.playTime = 0;
-
- if (!db_walk(name, &stats_visitor, &stats, error_r))
- return false;
-
- printSearchStats(client, &stats);
- return true;
-}
-
-bool
-printAllIn(struct client *client, const char *uri_utf8, GError **error_r)
-{
- struct db_selection selection;
- db_selection_init(&selection, uri_utf8, true);
- return db_selection_print(client, &selection, false, error_r);
-}
-
-bool
-printInfoForAllIn(struct client *client, const char *uri_utf8,
- GError **error_r)
-{
- struct db_selection selection;
- db_selection_init(&selection, uri_utf8, true);
- return db_selection_print(client, &selection, true, error_r);
-}
-
-static ListCommandItem *
-newListCommandItem(int tagType, const struct locate_item_list *criteria)
-{
- ListCommandItem *item = g_new(ListCommandItem, 1);
-
- item->tagType = tagType;
- item->criteria = criteria;
-
- return item;
-}
-
-static void freeListCommandItem(ListCommandItem * item)
-{
- g_free(item);
-}
-
-static void
-visitTag(struct client *client, struct strset *set,
- struct song *song, enum tag_type tagType)
-{
- struct tag *tag = song->tag;
- bool found = false;
-
- if (tagType == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE) {
- song_print_uri(client, song);
- return;
- }
-
- if (!tag)
- return;
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < tag->num_items; i++) {
- if (tag->items[i]->type == tagType) {
- strset_add(set, tag->items[i]->value);
- found = true;
- }
- }
-
- if (!found)
- strset_add(set, "");
-}
-
-struct list_tags_data {
- struct client *client;
- ListCommandItem *item;
- struct strset *set;
-};
-
-static bool
-unique_tags_visitor_song(struct song *song, void *_data,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
- struct list_tags_data *data = _data;
- ListCommandItem *item = data->item;
-
- if (locate_song_match(song, item->criteria))
- visitTag(data->client, data->set, song, item->tagType);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor unique_tags_visitor = {
- .song = unique_tags_visitor_song,
-};
-
-bool
-listAllUniqueTags(struct client *client, int type,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria,
- GError **error_r)
-{
- ListCommandItem *item = newListCommandItem(type, criteria);
- struct list_tags_data data = {
- .client = client,
- .item = item,
- };
-
- if (type >= 0 && type <= TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES) {
- data.set = strset_new();
- }
-
- if (!db_walk("", &unique_tags_visitor, &data, error_r)) {
- freeListCommandItem(item);
- return false;
- }
-
- if (type >= 0 && type <= TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES) {
- const char *value;
-
- strset_rewind(data.set);
-
- while ((value = strset_next(data.set)) != NULL)
- client_printf(client, "%s: %s\n",
- tag_item_names[type],
- value);
-
- strset_free(data.set);
- }
-
- freeListCommandItem(item);
-
- return true;
-}
diff --git a/src/db_save.h b/src/db_save.h
index e760ec881..d232d7331 100644
--- a/src/db_save.h
+++ b/src/db_save.h
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
#ifndef MPD_DB_SAVE_H
#define MPD_DB_SAVE_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
+
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdio.h>
diff --git a/src/db_visitor.h b/src/db_visitor.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b90c1868..000000000
--- a/src/db_visitor.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_DB_VISITOR_H
-#define MPD_DB_VISITOR_H
-
-struct directory;
-struct song;
-struct playlist_metadata;
-
-struct db_visitor {
- /**
- * Visit a directory. Optional method.
- *
- * @return true to continue the operation, false on error (set error_r)
- */
- bool (*directory)(const struct directory *directory, void *ctx,
- GError **error_r);
-
- /**
- * Visit a song. Optional method.
- *
- * @return true to continue the operation, false on error (set error_r)
- */
- bool (*song)(struct song *song, void *ctx, GError **error_r);
-
- /**
- * Visit a playlist. Optional method.
- *
- * @param directory the directory the playlist resides in
- * @return true to continue the operation, false on error (set error_r)
- */
- bool (*playlist)(const struct playlist_metadata *playlist,
- const struct directory *directory, void *ctx,
- GError **error_r);
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/OggUtil.cxx b/src/decoder/OggUtil.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99f73d48e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OggUtil.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "OggUtil.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "decoder_api.h"
+}
+
+bool
+OggFeed(ogg_sync_state &oy, struct decoder *decoder,
+ struct input_stream *input_stream, size_t size)
+{
+ char *buffer = ogg_sync_buffer(&oy, size);
+ if (buffer == nullptr)
+ return false;
+
+ size_t nbytes = decoder_read(decoder, input_stream,
+ buffer, size);
+ if (nbytes == 0)
+ return false;
+
+ ogg_sync_wrote(&oy, nbytes);
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool
+OggExpectPage(ogg_sync_state &oy, ogg_page &page,
+ struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *input_stream)
+{
+ while (true) {
+ int r = ogg_sync_pageout(&oy, &page);
+ if (r != 0)
+ return r > 0;
+
+ if (!OggFeed(oy, decoder, input_stream, 1024))
+ return false;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/src/decoder/OggUtil.hxx b/src/decoder/OggUtil.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95bf6472f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OggUtil.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_OGG_UTIL_HXX
+#define MPD_OGG_UTIL_HXX
+
+#include "check.h"
+
+#include <ogg/ogg.h>
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from the #input_stream into the #ogg_sync_state.
+ *
+ * @return false on error or end-of-file
+ */
+bool
+OggFeed(ogg_sync_state &oy, struct decoder *decoder,
+ struct input_stream *input_stream, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Feed into the #ogg_sync_state until a page gets available. Garbage
+ * data at the beginning is considered a fatal error.
+ *
+ * @return true if a page is available
+ */
+bool
+OggExpectPage(ogg_sync_state &oy, ogg_page &page,
+ struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *input_stream);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.cxx b/src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..35e368ca9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h" /* must be first for large file support */
+#include "OpusDecoderPlugin.h"
+#include "OpusHead.hxx"
+#include "OpusTags.hxx"
+#include "OggUtil.hxx"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "ogg_codec.h"
+#include "decoder_api.h"
+}
+
+#include "audio_check.h"
+#include "tag_handler.h"
+
+#include <opus.h>
+#include <ogg/ogg.h>
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#undef G_LOG_DOMAIN
+#define G_LOG_DOMAIN "opus"
+
+static const opus_int32 opus_sample_rate = 48000;
+
+gcc_pure
+static bool
+IsOpusHead(const ogg_packet &packet)
+{
+ return packet.bytes >= 8 && memcmp(packet.packet, "OpusHead", 8) == 0;
+}
+
+gcc_pure
+static bool
+IsOpusTags(const ogg_packet &packet)
+{
+ return packet.bytes >= 8 && memcmp(packet.packet, "OpusTags", 8) == 0;
+}
+
+static bool
+mpd_opus_init(G_GNUC_UNUSED const struct config_param *param)
+{
+ g_debug("%s", opus_get_version_string());
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+class MPDOpusDecoder {
+ struct decoder *decoder;
+ struct input_stream *input_stream;
+
+ ogg_stream_state os;
+
+ OpusDecoder *opus_decoder = nullptr;
+ opus_int16 *output_buffer = nullptr;
+ unsigned output_size = 0;
+
+ bool os_initialized = false;
+ bool found_opus = false;
+
+ int opus_serialno;
+
+ size_t frame_size;
+
+public:
+ MPDOpusDecoder(struct decoder *_decoder,
+ struct input_stream *_input_stream)
+ :decoder(_decoder), input_stream(_input_stream) {}
+ ~MPDOpusDecoder();
+
+ enum decoder_command HandlePage(ogg_page &page);
+ enum decoder_command HandlePacket(const ogg_packet &packet);
+ enum decoder_command HandleBOS(const ogg_packet &packet);
+ enum decoder_command HandleTags(const ogg_packet &packet);
+ enum decoder_command HandleAudio(const ogg_packet &packet);
+};
+
+MPDOpusDecoder::~MPDOpusDecoder()
+{
+ g_free(output_buffer);
+
+ if (opus_decoder != nullptr)
+ opus_decoder_destroy(opus_decoder);
+
+ if (os_initialized)
+ ogg_stream_clear(&os);
+}
+
+enum decoder_command
+MPDOpusDecoder::HandlePage(ogg_page &page)
+{
+ const auto page_serialno = ogg_page_serialno(&page);
+ if (!os_initialized) {
+ os_initialized = true;
+ ogg_stream_init(&os, page_serialno);
+ } else if (page_serialno != os.serialno)
+ ogg_stream_reset_serialno(&os, page_serialno);
+
+ ogg_stream_pagein(&os, &page);
+
+ ogg_packet packet;
+ while (ogg_stream_packetout(&os, &packet) == 1) {
+ enum decoder_command cmd = HandlePacket(packet);
+ if (cmd != DECODE_COMMAND_NONE)
+ return cmd;
+ }
+
+ return DECODE_COMMAND_NONE;
+}
+
+enum decoder_command
+MPDOpusDecoder::HandlePacket(const ogg_packet &packet)
+{
+ if (packet.e_o_s)
+ return DECODE_COMMAND_STOP;
+
+ if (packet.b_o_s)
+ return HandleBOS(packet);
+ else if (!found_opus)
+ return DECODE_COMMAND_STOP;
+
+ if (IsOpusTags(packet))
+ return HandleTags(packet);
+
+ return HandleAudio(packet);
+}
+
+enum decoder_command
+MPDOpusDecoder::HandleBOS(const ogg_packet &packet)
+{
+ assert(packet.b_o_s);
+
+ if (found_opus || !IsOpusHead(packet))
+ return DECODE_COMMAND_STOP;
+
+ unsigned channels;
+ if (!ScanOpusHeader(packet.packet, packet.bytes, channels) ||
+ !audio_valid_channel_count(channels))
+ return DECODE_COMMAND_STOP;
+
+ assert(opus_decoder == nullptr);
+ assert(output_buffer == nullptr);
+
+ opus_serialno = os.serialno;
+ found_opus = true;
+
+ /* TODO: parse attributes from the OpusHead (sample rate,
+ channels, ...) */
+
+ int opus_error;
+ opus_decoder = opus_decoder_create(opus_sample_rate, channels,
+ &opus_error);
+ if (opus_decoder == nullptr) {
+ g_warning("libopus error: %s",
+ opus_strerror(opus_error));
+ return DECODE_COMMAND_STOP;
+ }
+
+ struct audio_format audio_format;
+ audio_format_init(&audio_format, opus_sample_rate,
+ SAMPLE_FORMAT_S16, channels);
+ decoder_initialized(decoder, &audio_format, false, -1);
+ frame_size = audio_format_frame_size(&audio_format);
+
+ /* allocate an output buffer for 16 bit PCM samples big enough
+ to hold a quarter second, larger than 120ms required by
+ libopus */
+ output_size = audio_format.sample_rate / 4;
+ output_buffer = (opus_int16 *)
+ g_malloc(sizeof(*output_buffer) * output_size *
+ audio_format.channels);
+
+ return decoder_get_command(decoder);
+}
+
+enum decoder_command
+MPDOpusDecoder::HandleTags(const ogg_packet &packet)
+{
+ struct tag *tag = tag_new();
+
+ enum decoder_command cmd;
+ if (ScanOpusTags(packet.packet, packet.bytes, &add_tag_handler, tag) &&
+ !tag_is_empty(tag))
+ cmd = decoder_tag(decoder, input_stream, tag);
+ else
+ cmd = decoder_get_command(decoder);
+
+ tag_free(tag);
+ return cmd;
+}
+
+enum decoder_command
+MPDOpusDecoder::HandleAudio(const ogg_packet &packet)
+{
+ assert(opus_decoder != nullptr);
+
+ int nframes = opus_decode(opus_decoder,
+ (const unsigned char*)packet.packet,
+ packet.bytes,
+ output_buffer, output_size,
+ 0);
+ if (nframes < 0) {
+ g_warning("%s", opus_strerror(nframes));
+ return DECODE_COMMAND_STOP;
+ }
+
+ if (nframes > 0) {
+ const size_t nbytes = nframes * frame_size;
+ enum decoder_command cmd =
+ decoder_data(decoder, input_stream,
+ output_buffer, nbytes,
+ 0);
+ if (cmd != DECODE_COMMAND_NONE)
+ return cmd;
+ }
+
+ return DECODE_COMMAND_NONE;
+}
+
+static void
+mpd_opus_stream_decode(struct decoder *decoder,
+ struct input_stream *input_stream)
+{
+ if (ogg_codec_detect(decoder, input_stream) != OGG_CODEC_OPUS)
+ return;
+
+ /* rewind the stream, because ogg_codec_detect() has
+ moved it */
+ input_stream_lock_seek(input_stream, 0, SEEK_SET, nullptr);
+
+ MPDOpusDecoder d(decoder, input_stream);
+
+ ogg_sync_state oy;
+ ogg_sync_init(&oy);
+
+ while (true) {
+ if (!OggFeed(oy, decoder, input_stream, 1024))
+ break;
+
+ ogg_page page;
+ while (ogg_sync_pageout(&oy, &page) == 1) {
+ enum decoder_command cmd = d.HandlePage(page);
+ if (cmd != DECODE_COMMAND_NONE)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ogg_sync_clear(&oy);
+}
+
+static bool
+mpd_opus_scan_stream(struct input_stream *is,
+ const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
+{
+ ogg_sync_state oy;
+ ogg_sync_init(&oy);
+
+ ogg_page page;
+ if (!OggExpectPage(oy, page, nullptr, is)) {
+ ogg_sync_clear(&oy);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* read at most two more pages */
+ unsigned remaining_pages = 2;
+
+ bool result = false;
+
+ ogg_stream_state os;
+ ogg_stream_init(&os, ogg_page_serialno(&page));
+ ogg_stream_pagein(&os, &page);
+
+ ogg_packet packet;
+ while (true) {
+ int r = ogg_stream_packetout(&os, &packet);
+ if (r < 0) {
+ result = false;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (r == 0) {
+ if (remaining_pages-- == 0)
+ break;
+
+ if (!OggExpectPage(oy, page, nullptr, is)) {
+ result = false;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ogg_stream_pagein(&os, &page);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (packet.b_o_s) {
+ if (!IsOpusHead(packet))
+ break;
+
+ unsigned channels;
+ if (!ScanOpusHeader(packet.packet, packet.bytes, channels) ||
+ !audio_valid_channel_count(channels)) {
+ result = false;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ result = true;
+ } else if (!result)
+ break;
+ else if (IsOpusTags(packet)) {
+ if (!ScanOpusTags(packet.packet, packet.bytes,
+ handler, handler_ctx))
+ result = false;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ogg_stream_clear(&os);
+ ogg_sync_clear(&oy);
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static const char *const opus_suffixes[] = {
+ "opus",
+ "ogg",
+ "oga",
+ nullptr
+};
+
+static const char *const opus_mime_types[] = {
+ "audio/opus",
+ nullptr
+};
+
+const struct decoder_plugin opus_decoder_plugin = {
+ "opus",
+ mpd_opus_init,
+ nullptr,
+ mpd_opus_stream_decode,
+ nullptr,
+ nullptr,
+ mpd_opus_scan_stream,
+ nullptr,
+ opus_suffixes,
+ opus_mime_types,
+};
diff --git a/src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.h b/src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c95d6ded3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DECODER_OPUS_H
+#define MPD_DECODER_OPUS_H
+
+extern const struct decoder_plugin opus_decoder_plugin;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/OpusHead.cxx b/src/decoder/OpusHead.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c57e08e10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OpusHead.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "OpusHead.hxx"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct OpusHead {
+ char signature[8];
+ uint8_t version, channels;
+ uint16_t pre_skip;
+ uint32_t sample_rate;
+ uint16_t output_gain;
+ uint8_t channel_mapping;
+};
+
+bool
+ScanOpusHeader(const void *data, size_t size, unsigned &channels_r)
+{
+ const OpusHead *h = (const OpusHead *)data;
+ if (size < 19 || (h->version & 0xf0) != 0)
+ return false;
+
+ channels_r = h->channels;
+ return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/decoder/OpusHead.hxx b/src/decoder/OpusHead.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f75c4f70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OpusHead.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_OPUS_HEAD_HXX
+#define MPD_OPUS_HEAD_HXX
+
+#include "check.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+bool
+ScanOpusHeader(const void *data, size_t size, unsigned &channels_r);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/OpusReader.hxx b/src/decoder/OpusReader.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2cfc14118
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OpusReader.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_OPUS_READER_HXX
+#define MPD_OPUS_READER_HXX
+
+#include "check.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+class OpusReader {
+ const uint8_t *p, *const end;
+
+public:
+ OpusReader(const void *_p, size_t size)
+ :p((const uint8_t *)_p), end(p + size) {}
+
+ bool Skip(size_t length) {
+ p += length;
+ return p <= end;
+ }
+
+ const void *Read(size_t length) {
+ const uint8_t *result = p;
+ return Skip(length)
+ ? result
+ : nullptr;
+ }
+
+ bool Expect(const void *value, size_t length) {
+ const void *data = Read(length);
+ return data != nullptr && memcmp(value, data, length) == 0;
+ }
+
+ bool ReadByte(uint8_t &value_r) {
+ if (p >= end)
+ return false;
+
+ value_r = *p++;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ bool ReadShort(uint16_t &value_r) {
+ const uint8_t *value = (const uint8_t *)Read(sizeof(value_r));
+ if (value == nullptr)
+ return false;
+
+ value_r = value[0] | (value[1] << 8);
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ bool ReadWord(uint32_t &value_r) {
+ const uint8_t *value = (const uint8_t *)Read(sizeof(value_r));
+ if (value == nullptr)
+ return false;
+
+ value_r = value[0] | (value[1] << 8)
+ | (value[2] << 16) | (value[3] << 24);
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ bool SkipString() {
+ uint32_t length;
+ return ReadWord(length) && Skip(length);
+ }
+
+ char *ReadString() {
+ uint32_t length;
+ if (!ReadWord(length))
+ return nullptr;
+
+ const char *src = (const char *)Read(length);
+ if (src == nullptr)
+ return nullptr;
+
+ return strndup(src, length);
+ }
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/OpusTags.cxx b/src/decoder/OpusTags.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cb35a6247
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OpusTags.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "OpusTags.hxx"
+#include "OpusReader.hxx"
+#include "XiphTags.h"
+#include "tag_handler.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+static void
+ScanOneOpusTag(const char *name, const char *value,
+ const struct tag_handler *handler, void *ctx)
+{
+ tag_handler_invoke_pair(handler, ctx, name, value);
+
+ if (handler->tag != nullptr) {
+ enum tag_type t = tag_table_lookup_i(xiph_tags, name);
+ if (t != TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES)
+ tag_handler_invoke_tag(handler, ctx, t, value);
+ }
+}
+
+bool
+ScanOpusTags(const void *data, size_t size,
+ const struct tag_handler *handler, void *ctx)
+{
+ OpusReader r(data, size);
+ if (!r.Expect("OpusTags", 8))
+ return false;
+
+ if (handler->pair == nullptr && handler->tag == nullptr)
+ return true;
+
+ if (!r.SkipString())
+ return false;
+
+ uint32_t n;
+ if (!r.ReadWord(n))
+ return false;
+
+ while (n-- > 0) {
+ char *p = r.ReadString();
+ if (p == nullptr)
+ return false;
+
+ char *eq = strchr(p, '=');
+ if (eq != nullptr && eq > p) {
+ *eq = 0;
+
+ ScanOneOpusTag(p, eq + 1, handler, ctx);
+ }
+
+ free(p);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/decoder/OpusTags.hxx b/src/decoder/OpusTags.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2f3eec844
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/OpusTags.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_OPUS_TAGS_HXX
+#define MPD_OPUS_TAGS_HXX
+
+#include "check.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+bool
+ScanOpusTags(const void *data, size_t size,
+ const struct tag_handler *handler, void *ctx);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/XiphTags.c b/src/decoder/XiphTags.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d55787b94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/XiphTags.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "XiphTags.h"
+
+const struct tag_table xiph_tags[] = {
+ { "tracknumber", TAG_TRACK },
+ { "discnumber", TAG_DISC },
+ { "album artist", TAG_ALBUM_ARTIST },
+ { NULL, TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES }
+};
diff --git a/src/decoder/XiphTags.h b/src/decoder/XiphTags.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..22a4e2204
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder/XiphTags.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_XIPH_TAGS_H
+#define MPD_XIPH_TAGS_H
+
+#include "check.h"
+#include "tag_table.h"
+
+extern const struct tag_table xiph_tags[];
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder/_flac_common.c b/src/decoder/flac_common.c
index d7f0c4a8a..1508ac123 100644
--- a/src/decoder/_flac_common.c
+++ b/src/decoder/flac_common.c
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
*/
#include "config.h"
-#include "_flac_common.h"
+#include "flac_common.h"
#include "flac_metadata.h"
#include "flac_pcm.h"
#include "audio_check.h"
diff --git a/src/decoder/_flac_common.h b/src/decoder/flac_common.h
index 0d90ba656..c898a47cf 100644
--- a/src/decoder/_flac_common.h
+++ b/src/decoder/flac_common.h
@@ -27,8 +27,6 @@
#include "decoder_api.h"
#include "pcm_buffer.h"
-#include <glib.h>
-
#include <FLAC/stream_decoder.h>
#include <FLAC/metadata.h>
diff --git a/src/decoder/flac_decoder_plugin.c b/src/decoder/flac_decoder_plugin.c
index fb0b3502d..1913480c5 100644
--- a/src/decoder/flac_decoder_plugin.c
+++ b/src/decoder/flac_decoder_plugin.c
@@ -18,12 +18,12 @@
*/
#include "config.h" /* must be first for large file support */
-#include "_flac_common.h"
+#include "flac_common.h"
#include "flac_compat.h"
#include "flac_metadata.h"
#if defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) && FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT > 7
-#include "_ogg_common.h"
+#include "ogg_codec.h"
#endif
#include <glib.h>
@@ -433,10 +433,10 @@ oggflac_scan_file(const char *file,
static void
oggflac_decode(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *input_stream)
{
- if (ogg_stream_type_detect(input_stream) != FLAC)
+ if (ogg_codec_detect(decoder, input_stream) != OGG_CODEC_FLAC)
return;
- /* rewind the stream, because ogg_stream_type_detect() has
+ /* rewind the stream, because ogg_codec_detect() has
moved it */
input_stream_lock_seek(input_stream, 0, SEEK_SET, NULL);
diff --git a/src/decoder/flac_metadata.c b/src/decoder/flac_metadata.c
index bd1eaf323..a2eaafdfa 100644
--- a/src/decoder/flac_metadata.c
+++ b/src/decoder/flac_metadata.c
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#include "flac_metadata.h"
+#include "XiphTags.h"
#include "replay_gain_info.h"
#include "tag.h"
#include "tag_handler.h"
@@ -184,13 +185,6 @@ flac_copy_comment(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry *entry,
return false;
}
-static const struct tag_table flac_tags[] = {
- { "tracknumber", TAG_TRACK },
- { "discnumber", TAG_DISC },
- { "album artist", TAG_ALBUM_ARTIST },
- { NULL, TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES }
-};
-
static void
flac_scan_comment(const char *char_tnum,
const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry *entry,
@@ -209,7 +203,7 @@ flac_scan_comment(const char *char_tnum,
g_free(name);
}
- for (const struct tag_table *i = flac_tags; i->name != NULL; ++i)
+ for (const struct tag_table *i = xiph_tags; i->name != NULL; ++i)
if (flac_copy_comment(entry, i->name, i->type, char_tnum,
handler, handler_ctx))
return;
diff --git a/src/decoder/mad_decoder_plugin.c b/src/decoder/mad_decoder_plugin.c
index 62c371642..c1a0c4b0f 100644
--- a/src/decoder/mad_decoder_plugin.c
+++ b/src/decoder/mad_decoder_plugin.c
@@ -76,9 +76,9 @@ mad_fixed_to_24_sample(mad_fixed_t sample)
sample = sample + (1L << (MAD_F_FRACBITS - bits));
/* clip */
- if (sample > MAX)
+ if (gcc_unlikely(sample > MAX))
sample = MAX;
- else if (sample < MIN)
+ else if (gcc_unlikely(sample < MIN))
sample = MIN;
/* quantize */
diff --git a/src/decoder/_ogg_common.c b/src/decoder/ogg_codec.c
index 09d2712da..7416f27da 100644
--- a/src/decoder/_ogg_common.c
+++ b/src/decoder/ogg_codec.c
@@ -22,25 +22,27 @@
*/
#include "config.h"
-#include "_ogg_common.h"
+#include "ogg_codec.h"
-ogg_stream_type ogg_stream_type_detect(struct input_stream *inStream)
+enum ogg_codec
+ogg_codec_detect(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is)
{
/* oggflac detection based on code in ogg123 and this post
* http://lists.xiph.org/pipermail/flac/2004-December/000393.html
* ogg123 trunk still doesn't have this patch as of June 2005 */
unsigned char buf[41];
- size_t r;
-
- r = decoder_read(NULL, inStream, buf, sizeof(buf));
+ size_t r = decoder_read(decoder, is, buf, sizeof(buf));
if (r < sizeof(buf) || memcmp(buf, "OggS", 4) != 0)
- return VORBIS;
+ return OGG_CODEC_UNKNOWN;
if ((memcmp(buf + 29, "FLAC", 4) == 0 &&
memcmp(buf + 37, "fLaC", 4) == 0) ||
memcmp(buf + 28, "FLAC", 4) == 0 ||
memcmp(buf + 28, "fLaC", 4) == 0)
- return FLAC;
+ return OGG_CODEC_FLAC;
+
+ if (memcmp(buf + 28, "Opus", 4) == 0)
+ return OGG_CODEC_OPUS;
- return VORBIS;
+ return OGG_CODEC_VORBIS;
}
diff --git a/src/decoder/_ogg_common.h b/src/decoder/ogg_codec.h
index 85e4ebba6..fd1fecfbb 100644
--- a/src/decoder/_ogg_common.h
+++ b/src/decoder/ogg_codec.h
@@ -21,13 +21,19 @@
* Common functions used for Ogg data streams (Ogg-Vorbis and OggFLAC)
*/
-#ifndef MPD_OGG_COMMON_H
-#define MPD_OGG_COMMON_H
+#ifndef MPD_OGG_CODEC_H
+#define MPD_OGG_CODEC_H
#include "decoder_api.h"
-typedef enum _ogg_stream_type { VORBIS, FLAC } ogg_stream_type;
+enum ogg_codec {
+ OGG_CODEC_UNKNOWN,
+ OGG_CODEC_VORBIS,
+ OGG_CODEC_FLAC,
+ OGG_CODEC_OPUS,
+};
-ogg_stream_type ogg_stream_type_detect(struct input_stream *inStream);
+enum ogg_codec
+ogg_codec_detect(struct decoder *decoder, struct input_stream *is);
#endif /* _OGG_COMMON_H */
diff --git a/src/decoder/sidplay_decoder_plugin.cxx b/src/decoder/sidplay_decoder_plugin.cxx
index 5d162f179..de2e599e9 100644
--- a/src/decoder/sidplay_decoder_plugin.cxx
+++ b/src/decoder/sidplay_decoder_plugin.cxx
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ sidplay_init(const struct config_param *param)
return true;
}
-void
+static void
sidplay_finish()
{
g_pattern_spec_free(path_with_subtune);
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ get_container_name(const char *path_fs)
* returns tune number from file.sid/tune_xxx.sid style path or 1 if
* no subtune is appended
*/
-static int
+static unsigned
get_song_num(const char *path_fs)
{
if(g_pattern_match(path_with_subtune,
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ get_song_length(const char *path_fs)
char md5sum[SIDTUNE_MD5_LENGTH+1];
tune.createMD5(md5sum);
- int song_num=get_song_num(path_fs);
+ const unsigned song_num = get_song_num(path_fs);
gsize num_items;
gchar **values=g_key_file_get_string_list(songlength_database,
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ sidplay_file_decode(struct decoder *decoder, const char *path_fs)
decoder_command_finished(decoder);
}
- if (song_len > 0 && player.time() >= song_len)
+ if (song_len > 0 && player.time() >= (unsigned)song_len)
break;
} while (cmd != DECODE_COMMAND_STOP);
diff --git a/src/decoder/vorbis_comments.c b/src/decoder/vorbis_comments.c
index 6c2d57b72..84f7c5014 100644
--- a/src/decoder/vorbis_comments.c
+++ b/src/decoder/vorbis_comments.c
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#include "vorbis_comments.h"
+#include "XiphTags.h"
#include "tag.h"
#include "tag_table.h"
#include "tag_handler.h"
@@ -95,13 +96,6 @@ vorbis_copy_comment(const char *comment,
return false;
}
-static const struct tag_table vorbis_tags[] = {
- { "tracknumber", TAG_TRACK },
- { "discnumber", TAG_DISC },
- { "album artist", TAG_ALBUM_ARTIST },
- { NULL, TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES }
-};
-
static void
vorbis_scan_comment(const char *comment,
const struct tag_handler *handler, void *handler_ctx)
@@ -119,7 +113,7 @@ vorbis_scan_comment(const char *comment,
g_free(name);
}
- for (const struct tag_table *i = vorbis_tags; i->name != NULL; ++i)
+ for (const struct tag_table *i = xiph_tags; i->name != NULL; ++i)
if (vorbis_copy_comment(comment, i->name, i->type,
handler, handler_ctx))
return;
diff --git a/src/decoder/vorbis_decoder_plugin.c b/src/decoder/vorbis_decoder_plugin.c
index 15cdc0ca9..09bb8c2a0 100644
--- a/src/decoder/vorbis_decoder_plugin.c
+++ b/src/decoder/vorbis_decoder_plugin.c
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#include "vorbis_comments.h"
-#include "_ogg_common.h"
+#include "ogg_codec.h"
#include "audio_check.h"
#include "uri.h"
#include "tag_handler.h"
@@ -184,10 +184,10 @@ vorbis_stream_decode(struct decoder *decoder,
const vorbis_info *vi;
enum decoder_command cmd = DECODE_COMMAND_NONE;
- if (ogg_stream_type_detect(input_stream) != VORBIS)
+ if (ogg_codec_detect(decoder, input_stream) != OGG_CODEC_VORBIS)
return;
- /* rewind the stream, because ogg_stream_type_detect() has
+ /* rewind the stream, because ogg_codec_detect() has
moved it */
input_stream_lock_seek(input_stream, 0, SEEK_SET, NULL);
diff --git a/src/decoder_control.c b/src/decoder_control.c
index 2ce03b666..33d4e4d44 100644
--- a/src/decoder_control.c
+++ b/src/decoder_control.c
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#include "decoder_control.h"
#include "pipe.h"
+#include "song.h"
#include <assert.h>
@@ -40,6 +41,8 @@ dc_new(GCond *client_cond)
dc->state = DECODE_STATE_STOP;
dc->command = DECODE_COMMAND_NONE;
+ dc->song = NULL;
+
dc->replay_gain_db = 0;
dc->replay_gain_prev_db = 0;
dc->mixramp_start = NULL;
@@ -52,6 +55,11 @@ dc_new(GCond *client_cond)
void
dc_free(struct decoder_control *dc)
{
+ dc_clear_error(dc);
+
+ if (dc->song != NULL)
+ song_free(dc->song);
+
g_cond_free(dc->cond);
g_mutex_free(dc->mutex);
g_free(dc->mixramp_start);
@@ -79,6 +87,7 @@ static void
dc_command(struct decoder_control *dc, enum decoder_command cmd)
{
decoder_lock(dc);
+ dc_clear_error(dc);
dc_command_locked(dc, cmd);
decoder_unlock(dc);
}
@@ -94,6 +103,27 @@ dc_command_async(struct decoder_control *dc, enum decoder_command cmd)
decoder_unlock(dc);
}
+bool
+decoder_is_current_song(const struct decoder_control *dc,
+ const struct song *song)
+{
+ assert(dc != NULL);
+ assert(song != NULL);
+
+ switch (dc->state) {
+ case DECODE_STATE_STOP:
+ case DECODE_STATE_ERROR:
+ return false;
+
+ case DECODE_STATE_START:
+ case DECODE_STATE_DECODE:
+ return song_equals(dc->song, song);
+ }
+
+ assert(false);
+ return false;
+}
+
void
dc_start(struct decoder_control *dc, struct song *song,
unsigned start_ms, unsigned end_ms,
@@ -104,6 +134,9 @@ dc_start(struct decoder_control *dc, struct song *song,
assert(pipe != NULL);
assert(music_pipe_empty(pipe));
+ if (dc->song != NULL)
+ song_free(dc->song);
+
dc->song = song;
dc->start_ms = start_ms;
dc->end_ms = end_ms;
diff --git a/src/decoder_control.h b/src/decoder_control.h
index 566b153ee..9ecbde73e 100644
--- a/src/decoder_control.h
+++ b/src/decoder_control.h
@@ -67,6 +67,14 @@ struct decoder_control {
enum decoder_state state;
enum decoder_command command;
+ /**
+ * The error that occurred in the decoder thread. This
+ * attribute is only valid if #state is #DECODE_STATE_ERROR.
+ * The object must be freed when this object transitions to
+ * any other state (usually #DECODE_STATE_START).
+ */
+ GError *error;
+
bool quit;
bool seek_error;
bool seekable;
@@ -82,8 +90,11 @@ struct decoder_control {
* The song currently being decoded. This attribute is set by
* the player thread, when it sends the #DECODE_COMMAND_START
* command.
+ *
+ * This is a duplicate, and must be freed when this attribute
+ * is cleared.
*/
- const struct song *song;
+ struct song *song;
/**
* The initial seek position (in milliseconds), e.g. to the
@@ -188,6 +199,50 @@ decoder_has_failed(const struct decoder_control *dc)
return dc->state == DECODE_STATE_ERROR;
}
+/**
+ * Checks whether an error has occurred, and if so, returns a newly
+ * allocated copy of the #GError object.
+ *
+ * Caller must lock the object.
+ */
+static inline GError *
+dc_get_error(const struct decoder_control *dc)
+{
+ assert(dc != NULL);
+ assert(dc->command == DECODE_COMMAND_NONE);
+ assert(dc->state != DECODE_STATE_ERROR || dc->error != NULL);
+
+ return dc->state == DECODE_STATE_ERROR
+ ? g_error_copy(dc->error)
+ : NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Like dc_get_error(), but locks and unlocks the object.
+ */
+static inline GError *
+dc_lock_get_error(struct decoder_control *dc)
+{
+ decoder_lock(dc);
+ GError *error = dc_get_error(dc);
+ decoder_unlock(dc);
+ return error;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clear the error condition and free the #GError object (if any).
+ *
+ * Caller must lock the object.
+ */
+static inline void
+dc_clear_error(struct decoder_control *dc)
+{
+ if (dc->state == DECODE_STATE_ERROR) {
+ g_error_free(dc->error);
+ dc->state = DECODE_STATE_STOP;
+ }
+}
+
static inline bool
decoder_lock_is_idle(struct decoder_control *dc)
{
@@ -224,28 +279,35 @@ decoder_lock_has_failed(struct decoder_control *dc)
return ret;
}
-static inline const struct song *
-decoder_current_song(const struct decoder_control *dc)
-{
- switch (dc->state) {
- case DECODE_STATE_STOP:
- case DECODE_STATE_ERROR:
- return NULL;
-
- case DECODE_STATE_START:
- case DECODE_STATE_DECODE:
- return dc->song;
- }
+/**
+ * Check if the specified song is currently being decoded. If the
+ * decoder is not running currently (or being started), then this
+ * function returns false in any case.
+ *
+ * Caller must lock the object.
+ */
+gcc_pure
+bool
+decoder_is_current_song(const struct decoder_control *dc,
+ const struct song *song);
- assert(false);
- return NULL;
+gcc_pure
+static inline bool
+decoder_lock_is_current_song(struct decoder_control *dc,
+ const struct song *song)
+{
+ decoder_lock(dc);
+ const bool result = decoder_is_current_song(dc, song);
+ decoder_unlock(dc);
+ return result;
}
/**
* Start the decoder.
*
* @param the decoder
- * @param song the song to be decoded
+ * @param song the song to be decoded; the given instance will be
+ * owned and freed by the decoder
* @param start_ms see #decoder_control
* @param end_ms see #decoder_control
* @param pipe the pipe which receives the decoded chunks (owned by
diff --git a/src/decoder_error.h b/src/decoder_error.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a12a31937
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/decoder_error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_DECODER_ERROR_H
+#define MPD_DECODER_ERROR_H
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+/**
+ * Quark for GError.domain.
+ */
+G_GNUC_CONST
+static inline GQuark
+decoder_quark(void)
+{
+ return g_quark_from_static_string("decoder");
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder_list.c b/src/decoder_list.c
index 177b632ad..3ea704e98 100644
--- a/src/decoder_list.c
+++ b/src/decoder_list.c
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
#include "decoder/pcm_decoder_plugin.h"
#include "decoder/dsdiff_decoder_plugin.h"
#include "decoder/dsf_decoder_plugin.h"
+#include "decoder/OpusDecoderPlugin.h"
#include <glib.h>
@@ -66,6 +67,9 @@ const struct decoder_plugin *const decoder_plugins[] = {
#ifdef HAVE_FLAC
&flac_decoder_plugin,
#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_OPUS
+ &opus_decoder_plugin,
+#endif
#ifdef ENABLE_SNDFILE
&sndfile_decoder_plugin,
#endif
diff --git a/src/decoder_thread.c b/src/decoder_thread.c
index af80ed45b..b13f2a46a 100644
--- a/src/decoder_thread.c
+++ b/src/decoder_thread.c
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#include "decoder_thread.h"
+#include "decoder_error.h"
#include "decoder_control.h"
#include "decoder_internal.h"
#include "decoder_list.h"
@@ -428,12 +429,27 @@ decoder_run_song(struct decoder_control *dc,
decoder_lock(dc);
- dc->state = ret ? DECODE_STATE_STOP : DECODE_STATE_ERROR;
+ if (ret)
+ dc->state = DECODE_STATE_STOP;
+ else {
+ dc->state = DECODE_STATE_ERROR;
+
+ const char *error_uri = song->uri;
+ char *allocated = uri_remove_auth(error_uri);
+ if (allocated != NULL)
+ error_uri = allocated;
+
+ dc->error = g_error_new(decoder_quark(), 0,
+ "Failed to decode %s", error_uri);
+ g_free(allocated);
+ }
}
static void
decoder_run(struct decoder_control *dc)
{
+ dc_clear_error(dc);
+
const struct song *song = dc->song;
char *uri;
@@ -446,6 +462,9 @@ decoder_run(struct decoder_control *dc)
if (uri == NULL) {
dc->state = DECODE_STATE_ERROR;
+ dc->error = g_error_new(decoder_quark(), 0,
+ "Failed to map song");
+
decoder_command_finished_locked(dc);
return;
}
diff --git a/src/directory.h b/src/directory.h
index b3cd9c8c9..607e812cd 100644
--- a/src/directory.h
+++ b/src/directory.h
@@ -22,6 +22,11 @@
#include "check.h"
#include "util/list.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include "DatabaseVisitor.hxx"
+#endif
#include <glib.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
@@ -51,6 +56,10 @@
struct song;
struct db_visitor;
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+class SongFilter;
+#endif
+
struct directory {
/**
* Pointers to the siblings of this directory within the
@@ -86,8 +95,20 @@ struct directory {
dev_t device;
bool have_stat; /* not needed if ino_t == dev_t == 0 is impossible */
char path[sizeof(long)];
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ /**
+ * Caller must lock #db_mutex.
+ */
+ bool Walk(bool recursive, const SongFilter *match,
+ VisitDirectory visit_directory, VisitSong visit_song,
+ VisitPlaylist visit_playlist,
+ GError **error_r) const;
+#endif
};
+G_BEGIN_DECLS
+
static inline bool
isRootDirectory(const char *name)
{
@@ -97,14 +118,14 @@ isRootDirectory(const char *name)
/**
* Generic constructor for #directory object.
*/
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
struct directory *
directory_new(const char *dirname, struct directory *parent);
/**
* Create a new root #directory object.
*/
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
static inline struct directory *
directory_new_root(void)
{
@@ -153,14 +174,14 @@ directory_is_root(const struct directory *directory)
/**
* Returns the base name of the directory.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
const char *
directory_get_name(const struct directory *directory);
/**
* Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
struct directory *
directory_get_child(const struct directory *directory, const char *name);
@@ -172,7 +193,7 @@ directory_get_child(const struct directory *directory, const char *name);
* @param parent the parent directory the new one will be added to
* @param name_utf8 the UTF-8 encoded name of the new sub directory
*/
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
struct directory *
directory_new_child(struct directory *parent, const char *name_utf8);
@@ -227,7 +248,7 @@ directory_remove_song(struct directory *directory, struct song *song);
*
* Caller must lock the #db_mutex.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
struct song *
directory_get_song(const struct directory *directory, const char *name_utf8);
@@ -251,12 +272,6 @@ directory_lookup_song(struct directory *directory, const char *uri);
void
directory_sort(struct directory *directory);
-/**
- * Caller must lock #db_mutex.
- */
-bool
-directory_walk(const struct directory *directory, bool recursive,
- const struct db_visitor *visitor, void *ctx,
- GError **error_r);
+G_END_DECLS
#endif
diff --git a/src/encoder_plugin.h b/src/encoder_plugin.h
index 33a379115..68a89d573 100644
--- a/src/encoder_plugin.h
+++ b/src/encoder_plugin.h
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
#ifndef MPD_ENCODER_PLUGIN_H
#define MPD_ENCODER_PLUGIN_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
diff --git a/src/event_pipe.h b/src/event_pipe.h
index 3734bb86c..3749ccf79 100644
--- a/src/event_pipe.h
+++ b/src/event_pipe.h
@@ -20,8 +20,6 @@
#ifndef EVENT_PIPE_H
#define EVENT_PIPE_H
-#include <glib.h>
-
enum pipe_event {
/** database update was finished */
PIPE_EVENT_UPDATE,
diff --git a/src/fd_util.h b/src/fd_util.h
index dd4df7a13..c8a17c7ef 100644
--- a/src/fd_util.h
+++ b/src/fd_util.h
@@ -51,6 +51,10 @@
struct sockaddr;
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
/**
* Wrapper for dup(), which sets the CLOEXEC flag on the new
* descriptor.
@@ -146,4 +150,8 @@ inotify_init_cloexec(void);
int
close_socket(int fd);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
#endif
diff --git a/src/filter/null_filter_plugin.c b/src/filter/null_filter_plugin.c
index e7c998827..7728c55bf 100644
--- a/src/filter/null_filter_plugin.c
+++ b/src/filter/null_filter_plugin.c
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
#include "filter_internal.h"
#include "filter_registry.h"
+#include <glib.h>
#include <assert.h>
struct null_filter {
diff --git a/src/filter_plugin.h b/src/filter_plugin.h
index 58e34dfb2..d45faee1f 100644
--- a/src/filter_plugin.h
+++ b/src/filter_plugin.h
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
#ifndef MPD_FILTER_PLUGIN_H
#define MPD_FILTER_PLUGIN_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stddef.h>
diff --git a/src/gcc.h b/src/gcc.h
index 45f7101f3..22b712af9 100644
--- a/src/gcc.h
+++ b/src/gcc.h
@@ -32,6 +32,9 @@
*/
#if GCC_CHECK_VERSION(3,0)
+# define gcc_const __attribute__((const))
+# define gcc_pure __attribute__((pure))
+# define gcc_malloc __attribute__((malloc))
# define gcc_must_check __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result))
# define gcc_packed __attribute__ ((packed))
/* these are very useful for type checking */
@@ -41,11 +44,21 @@
# define gcc_fprintf__ __attribute__ ((format(printf,4,5)))
# define gcc_scanf __attribute__ ((format(scanf,1,2)))
# define gcc_used __attribute__ ((used))
+# define gcc_unused __attribute__((unused))
+# define gcc_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
/* # define inline inline __attribute__ ((always_inline)) */
# define gcc_noinline __attribute__ ((noinline))
# define gcc_nonnull(...) __attribute__((nonnull(__VA_ARGS__)))
# define gcc_nonnull_all __attribute__((nonnull))
+
+# define gcc_likely(x) __builtin_expect (!!(x), 1)
+# define gcc_unlikely(x) __builtin_expect (!!(x), 0)
+
#else
+# define gcc_unused
+# define gcc_const
+# define gcc_pure
+# define gcc_malloc
# define gcc_must_check
# define gcc_packed
# define gcc_printf
@@ -54,10 +67,29 @@
# define gcc_fprintf__
# define gcc_scanf
# define gcc_used
+# define gcc_unused
+# define gcc_warn_unused_result
/* # define inline */
# define gcc_noinline
# define gcc_nonnull(...)
# define gcc_nonnull_all
+
+# define gcc_likely(x) (x)
+# define gcc_unlikely(x) (x)
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#if !defined(__clang__) && defined(__GNUC__) && !GCC_CHECK_VERSION(4,5)
+#error Your gcc version is too old. MPD requires gcc 4.5 or newer.
+#endif
+
+/* support for C++11 "override" was added in gcc 4.7 */
+#if !defined(__clang__) && defined(__GNUC__) && !GCC_CHECK_VERSION(4,7)
+#define override
+#endif
+
#endif
#endif /* MPD_GCC_H */
diff --git a/src/gerror.h b/src/gerror.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe4c54da9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gerror.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_GERROR_H
+#define MPD_GERROR_H
+
+typedef struct _GError GError;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/inotify_source.c b/src/inotify_source.c
index e415f5e72..2fbfdff7e 100644
--- a/src/inotify_source.c
+++ b/src/inotify_source.c
@@ -23,6 +23,8 @@
#include "fd_util.h"
#include "mpd_error.h"
+#include <glib.h>
+
#include <sys/inotify.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <errno.h>
diff --git a/src/inotify_source.h b/src/inotify_source.h
index f92e18e39..7aec18b3d 100644
--- a/src/inotify_source.h
+++ b/src/inotify_source.h
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
#ifndef MPD_INOTIFY_SOURCE_H
#define MPD_INOTIFY_SOURCE_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
typedef void (*mpd_inotify_callback_t)(int wd, unsigned mask,
const char *name, void *ctx);
diff --git a/src/input_init.h b/src/input_init.h
index ad92cda08..1a73e5ef9 100644
--- a/src/input_init.h
+++ b/src/input_init.h
@@ -20,9 +20,8 @@
#ifndef MPD_INPUT_INIT_H
#define MPD_INPUT_INIT_H
-#include "check.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
-#include <glib.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
/**
diff --git a/src/listen.h b/src/listen.h
index 246e83706..100fe252e 100644
--- a/src/listen.h
+++ b/src/listen.h
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
#ifndef MPD_LISTEN_H
#define MPD_LISTEN_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
diff --git a/src/locate.c b/src/locate.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c9684d2b6..000000000
--- a/src/locate.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "locate.h"
-#include "path.h"
-#include "tag.h"
-#include "song.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#define LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY "file"
-#define LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY_OLD "filename"
-#define LOCATE_TAG_ANY_KEY "any"
-
-int
-locate_parse_type(const char *str)
-{
- if (0 == g_ascii_strcasecmp(str, LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY) ||
- 0 == g_ascii_strcasecmp(str, LOCATE_TAG_FILE_KEY_OLD))
- return LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE;
-
- if (0 == g_ascii_strcasecmp(str, LOCATE_TAG_ANY_KEY))
- return LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE;
-
- enum tag_type i = tag_name_parse_i(str);
- if (i != TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES)
- return i;
-
- return -1;
-}
-
-static bool
-locate_item_init(struct locate_item *item,
- const char *type_string, const char *needle)
-{
- item->tag = locate_parse_type(type_string);
-
- if (item->tag < 0)
- return false;
-
- item->needle = g_strdup(needle);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void
-locate_item_list_free(struct locate_item_list *list)
-{
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < list->length; ++i)
- g_free(list->items[i].needle);
-
- g_free(list);
-}
-
-struct locate_item_list *
-locate_item_list_new(unsigned length)
-{
- struct locate_item_list *list =
- g_malloc0(sizeof(*list) - sizeof(list->items[0]) +
- length * sizeof(list->items[0]));
- list->length = length;
-
- return list;
-}
-
-struct locate_item_list *
-locate_item_list_parse(char *argv[], int argc)
-{
- if (argc % 2 != 0)
- return NULL;
-
- struct locate_item_list *list = locate_item_list_new(argc / 2);
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < list->length; ++i) {
- if (!locate_item_init(&list->items[i], argv[i * 2],
- argv[i * 2 + 1])) {
- locate_item_list_free(list);
- return NULL;
- }
- }
-
- return list;
-}
-
-struct locate_item_list *
-locate_item_list_casefold(const struct locate_item_list *list)
-{
- struct locate_item_list *new_list = locate_item_list_new(list->length);
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < list->length; i++){
- new_list->items[i].needle =
- g_utf8_casefold(list->items[i].needle, -1);
- new_list->items[i].tag = list->items[i].tag;
- }
-
- return new_list;
-}
-
-void
-locate_item_free(struct locate_item *item)
-{
- g_free(item->needle);
- g_free(item);
-}
-
-static bool
-locate_tag_search(const struct song *song, enum tag_type type, const char *str)
-{
- bool ret = false;
-
- if (type == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE || (int)type == LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE) {
- char *uri = song_get_uri(song);
- char *p = g_utf8_casefold(uri, -1);
- g_free(uri);
-
- if (strstr(p, str))
- ret = true;
- g_free(p);
- if (ret == 1 || type == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE)
- return ret;
- }
-
- if (!song->tag)
- return false;
-
- bool visited_types[TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES];
- memset(visited_types, 0, sizeof(visited_types));
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < song->tag->num_items && !ret; i++) {
- visited_types[song->tag->items[i]->type] = true;
- if ((int)type != LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE &&
- song->tag->items[i]->type != type) {
- continue;
- }
-
- char *duplicate = g_utf8_casefold(song->tag->items[i]->value, -1);
- if (*str && strstr(duplicate, str))
- ret = true;
- g_free(duplicate);
- }
-
- /** If the search critieron was not visited during the sweep
- * through the song's tag, it means this field is absent from
- * the tag or empty. Thus, if the searched string is also
- * empty (first char is a \0), then it's a match as well and
- * we should return true.
- */
- if (!*str && !visited_types[type])
- return true;
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-bool
-locate_song_search(const struct song *song,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria)
-{
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < criteria->length; i++)
- if (!locate_tag_search(song, criteria->items[i].tag,
- criteria->items[i].needle))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static bool
-locate_tag_match(const struct song *song, enum tag_type type, const char *str)
-{
- if (type == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE || (int)type == LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE) {
- char *uri = song_get_uri(song);
- bool matches = strcmp(str, uri) == 0;
- g_free(uri);
-
- if (matches)
- return true;
-
- if (type == LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE)
- return false;
- }
-
- if (!song->tag)
- return false;
-
- bool visited_types[TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES];
- memset(visited_types, 0, sizeof(visited_types));
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < song->tag->num_items; i++) {
- visited_types[song->tag->items[i]->type] = true;
- if ((int)type != LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE &&
- song->tag->items[i]->type != type) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if (0 == strcmp(str, song->tag->items[i]->value))
- return true;
- }
-
- /** If the search critieron was not visited during the sweep
- * through the song's tag, it means this field is absent from
- * the tag or empty. Thus, if the searched string is also
- * empty (first char is a \0), then it's a match as well and
- * we should return true.
- */
- if (!*str && !visited_types[type])
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool
-locate_song_match(const struct song *song,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria)
-{
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < criteria->length; i++)
- if (!locate_tag_match(song, criteria->items[i].tag,
- criteria->items[i].needle))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
diff --git a/src/locate.h b/src/locate.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ec20ded24..000000000
--- a/src/locate.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MPD_LOCATE_H
-#define MPD_LOCATE_H
-
-#include "gcc.h"
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-#define LOCATE_TAG_FILE_TYPE TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES+10
-#define LOCATE_TAG_ANY_TYPE TAG_NUM_OF_ITEM_TYPES+20
-
-struct song;
-
-/* struct used for search, find, list queries */
-struct locate_item {
- int8_t tag;
- /* what we are looking for */
- char *needle;
-};
-
-/**
- * An array of struct locate_item objects.
- */
-struct locate_item_list {
- /** number of items */
- unsigned length;
-
- /** this is a variable length array */
- struct locate_item items[1];
-};
-
-int
-locate_parse_type(const char *str);
-
-/**
- * Allocates a new struct locate_item_list, and initializes all
- * members with zero bytes.
- */
-struct locate_item_list *
-locate_item_list_new(unsigned length);
-
-/* return number of items or -1 on error */
-gcc_nonnull(1)
-struct locate_item_list *
-locate_item_list_parse(char *argv[], int argc);
-
-/**
- * Duplicate the struct locate_item_list object and convert all
- * needles with g_utf8_casefold().
- */
-gcc_nonnull(1)
-struct locate_item_list *
-locate_item_list_casefold(const struct locate_item_list *list);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1)
-void
-locate_item_list_free(struct locate_item_list *list);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1)
-void
-locate_item_free(struct locate_item *item);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
-bool
-locate_song_search(const struct song *song,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria);
-
-gcc_nonnull(1,2)
-bool
-locate_song_match(const struct song *song,
- const struct locate_item_list *criteria);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/ls.c b/src/ls.c
index 310c2d7b6..90e5fc66e 100644
--- a/src/ls.c
+++ b/src/ls.c
@@ -22,6 +22,8 @@
#include "uri.h"
#include "client.h"
+#include <glib.h>
+
#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>
diff --git a/src/main.c b/src/main.c
index 12f8d86f6..fea31782f 100644
--- a/src/main.c
+++ b/src/main.c
@@ -51,10 +51,8 @@
#include "playlist_list.h"
#include "state_file.h"
#include "tag.h"
-#include "dbUtils.h"
#include "zeroconf.h"
#include "event_pipe.h"
-#include "tag_pool.h"
#include "mpd_error.h"
#ifdef ENABLE_INOTIFY
@@ -153,31 +151,47 @@ glue_mapper_init(GError **error_r)
static bool
glue_db_init_and_load(void)
{
+ const struct config_param *param = config_get_param("database");
const struct config_param *path = config_get_param(CONF_DB_FILE);
+ if (param != NULL && path != NULL)
+ g_message("Found both 'database' and '" CONF_DB_FILE
+ "' setting - ignoring the latter");
+
GError *error = NULL;
bool ret;
if (!mapper_has_music_directory()) {
+ if (param != NULL)
+ g_message("Found database setting without "
+ CONF_MUSIC_DIR " - disabling database");
if (path != NULL)
g_message("Found " CONF_DB_FILE " setting without "
CONF_MUSIC_DIR " - disabling database");
- db_init(NULL, NULL);
return true;
}
- if (path == NULL)
- MPD_ERROR(CONF_DB_FILE " setting missing");
+ struct config_param *allocated = NULL;
- if (!db_init(path, &error))
+ if (param == NULL && path != NULL) {
+ allocated = config_new_param("database", path->line);
+ config_add_block_param(allocated, "path",
+ path->value, path->line);
+ param = allocated;
+ }
+
+ if (!db_init(param, &error))
MPD_ERROR("%s", error->message);
+ if (allocated != NULL)
+ config_param_free(allocated);
+
ret = db_load(&error);
if (!ret)
MPD_ERROR("%s", error->message);
/* run database update after daemonization? */
- return db_exists();
+ return !db_is_simple() || db_exists();
}
/**
@@ -342,7 +356,6 @@ int mpd_main(int argc, char *argv[])
io_thread_init();
winsock_init();
idle_init();
- tag_pool_init();
config_global_init();
success = parse_cmdline(argc, argv, &options, &error);
@@ -527,7 +540,6 @@ int mpd_main(int argc, char *argv[])
archive_plugin_deinit_all();
#endif
config_global_finish();
- tag_pool_deinit();
idle_deinit();
stats_global_finish();
io_thread_deinit();
diff --git a/src/mapper.c b/src/mapper.c
index 7db74b1af..1f8a54b46 100644
--- a/src/mapper.c
+++ b/src/mapper.c
@@ -219,13 +219,32 @@ map_directory_child_fs(const struct directory *directory, const char *name)
return path;
}
+/**
+ * Map a song object that was created by song_dup_detached(). It does
+ * not have a real parent directory, only the dummy object
+ * #detached_root.
+ */
+static char *
+map_detached_song_fs(const char *uri_utf8)
+{
+ char *uri_fs = utf8_to_fs_charset(uri_utf8);
+ if (uri_fs == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ char *path = g_build_filename(music_dir_fs, uri_fs, NULL);
+ g_free(uri_fs);
+ return path;
+}
+
char *
map_song_fs(const struct song *song)
{
assert(song_is_file(song));
if (song_in_database(song))
- return map_directory_child_fs(song->parent, song->uri);
+ return song_is_detached(song)
+ ? map_detached_song_fs(song->uri)
+ : map_directory_child_fs(song->parent, song->uri);
else
return utf8_to_fs_charset(song->uri);
}
diff --git a/src/mapper.h b/src/mapper.h
index d6184a175..b4e314569 100644
--- a/src/mapper.h
+++ b/src/mapper.h
@@ -24,8 +24,11 @@
#ifndef MPD_MAPPER_H
#define MPD_MAPPER_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
+
#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
#define PLAYLIST_FILE_SUFFIX ".m3u"
@@ -39,7 +42,7 @@ void mapper_finish(void);
/**
* Return the absolute path of the music directory encoded in UTF-8.
*/
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
const char *
mapper_get_music_directory_utf8(void);
@@ -47,14 +50,14 @@ mapper_get_music_directory_utf8(void);
* Return the absolute path of the music directory encoded in the
* filesystem character set.
*/
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
const char *
mapper_get_music_directory_fs(void);
/**
* Returns true if a music directory was configured.
*/
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
static inline bool
mapper_has_music_directory(void)
{
@@ -66,7 +69,7 @@ mapper_has_music_directory(void)
* this function converts it to a relative path. If not, it returns
* the unmodified string pointer.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
const char *
map_to_relative_path(const char *path_utf8);
@@ -75,7 +78,7 @@ map_to_relative_path(const char *path_utf8);
* is basically done by converting the URI to the file system charset
* and prepending the music directory.
*/
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
char *
map_uri_fs(const char *uri);
@@ -85,7 +88,7 @@ map_uri_fs(const char *uri);
* @param directory the directory object
* @return the path in file system encoding, or NULL if mapping failed
*/
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
char *
map_directory_fs(const struct directory *directory);
@@ -97,7 +100,7 @@ map_directory_fs(const struct directory *directory);
* @param name the child's name in UTF-8
* @return the path in file system encoding, or NULL if mapping failed
*/
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
char *
map_directory_child_fs(const struct directory *directory, const char *name);
@@ -108,7 +111,7 @@ map_directory_child_fs(const struct directory *directory, const char *name);
* @param song the song object
* @return the path in file system encoding, or NULL if mapping failed
*/
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
char *
map_song_fs(const struct song *song);
@@ -119,14 +122,14 @@ map_song_fs(const struct song *song);
* @param path_fs a path in file system encoding
* @return the relative path in UTF-8, or NULL if mapping failed
*/
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
char *
map_fs_to_utf8(const char *path_fs);
/**
* Returns the playlist directory.
*/
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
const char *
map_spl_path(void);
@@ -137,7 +140,7 @@ map_spl_path(void);
*
* @return the path in file system encoding, or NULL if mapping failed
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
char *
map_spl_utf8_to_fs(const char *name);
diff --git a/src/mixer_control.h b/src/mixer_control.h
index 6c3468aca..307298e47 100644
--- a/src/mixer_control.h
+++ b/src/mixer_control.h
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
#ifndef MPD_MIXER_CONTROL_H
#define MPD_MIXER_CONTROL_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
diff --git a/src/mixer_plugin.h b/src/mixer_plugin.h
index 9532b95cb..2f3beed1d 100644
--- a/src/mixer_plugin.h
+++ b/src/mixer_plugin.h
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
#ifndef MPD_MIXER_PLUGIN_H
#define MPD_MIXER_PLUGIN_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
diff --git a/src/output/httpd_client.h b/src/output/httpd_client.h
index 739163f42..f0df829db 100644
--- a/src/output/httpd_client.h
+++ b/src/output/httpd_client.h
@@ -20,9 +20,8 @@
#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_HTTPD_CLIENT_H
#define MPD_OUTPUT_HTTPD_CLIENT_H
-#include <glib.h>
-
#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
struct httpd_client;
struct httpd_output;
diff --git a/src/output/pulse_output_plugin.h b/src/output/pulse_output_plugin.h
index 02a51f27b..b285b5e4d 100644
--- a/src/output/pulse_output_plugin.h
+++ b/src/output/pulse_output_plugin.h
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@
#ifndef MPD_PULSE_OUTPUT_PLUGIN_H
#define MPD_PULSE_OUTPUT_PLUGIN_H
-#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
-#include <glib.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
struct pulse_output;
struct pulse_mixer;
diff --git a/src/output_all.c b/src/output_all.c
index f56cd04ee..b2ef1561f 100644
--- a/src/output_all.c
+++ b/src/output_all.c
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#include "output_all.h"
+#include "output_error.h"
#include "output_internal.h"
#include "output_control.h"
#include "chunk.h"
@@ -270,7 +271,7 @@ audio_output_all_update(void)
}
bool
-audio_output_all_play(struct music_chunk *chunk)
+audio_output_all_play(struct music_chunk *chunk, GError **error_r)
{
bool ret;
unsigned int i;
@@ -281,8 +282,12 @@ audio_output_all_play(struct music_chunk *chunk)
assert(music_chunk_check_format(chunk, &input_audio_format));
ret = audio_output_all_update();
- if (!ret)
+ if (!ret) {
+ /* TODO: obtain real error */
+ g_set_error(error_r, output_quark(), 0,
+ "Failed to open audio output");
return false;
+ }
music_pipe_push(g_mp, chunk);
@@ -294,7 +299,8 @@ audio_output_all_play(struct music_chunk *chunk)
bool
audio_output_all_open(const struct audio_format *audio_format,
- struct music_buffer *buffer)
+ struct music_buffer *buffer,
+ GError **error_r)
{
bool ret = false, enabled = false;
unsigned int i;
@@ -334,7 +340,12 @@ audio_output_all_open(const struct audio_format *audio_format,
}
if (!enabled)
- g_warning("All audio outputs are disabled");
+ g_set_error(error_r, output_quark(), 0,
+ "All audio outputs are disabled");
+ else if (!ret)
+ /* TODO: obtain real error */
+ g_set_error(error_r, output_quark(), 0,
+ "Failed to open audio output");
if (!ret)
/* close all devices if there was an error */
diff --git a/src/output_all.h b/src/output_all.h
index 4eeb94f13..00864c9ba 100644
--- a/src/output_all.h
+++ b/src/output_all.h
@@ -26,6 +26,8 @@
#ifndef OUTPUT_ALL_H
#define OUTPUT_ALL_H
+#include "gerror.h"
+
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stddef.h>
@@ -84,7 +86,8 @@ audio_output_all_enable_disable(void);
*/
bool
audio_output_all_open(const struct audio_format *audio_format,
- struct music_buffer *buffer);
+ struct music_buffer *buffer,
+ GError **error_r);
/**
* Closes all audio outputs.
@@ -108,7 +111,7 @@ audio_output_all_release(void);
* (all closed then)
*/
bool
-audio_output_all_play(struct music_chunk *chunk);
+audio_output_all_play(struct music_chunk *chunk, GError **error_r);
/**
* Checks if the output devices have drained their music pipe, and
diff --git a/src/output_error.h b/src/output_error.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ccc784f89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/output_error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_ERROR_H
+#define MPD_OUTPUT_ERROR_H
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+/**
+ * Quark for GError.domain.
+ */
+G_GNUC_CONST
+static inline GQuark
+output_quark(void)
+{
+ return g_quark_from_static_string("output");
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/output_plugin.h b/src/output_plugin.h
index 209ca6221..a47296566 100644
--- a/src/output_plugin.h
+++ b/src/output_plugin.h
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
#ifndef MPD_OUTPUT_PLUGIN_H
#define MPD_OUTPUT_PLUGIN_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stddef.h>
@@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ ao_plugin_test_default_device(const struct audio_output_plugin *plugin)
: false;
}
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
struct audio_output *
ao_plugin_init(const struct audio_output_plugin *plugin,
const struct config_param *param,
@@ -187,7 +188,7 @@ ao_plugin_open(struct audio_output *ao, struct audio_format *audio_format,
void
ao_plugin_close(struct audio_output *ao);
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
unsigned
ao_plugin_delay(struct audio_output *ao);
diff --git a/src/output_thread.c b/src/output_thread.c
index 4eef2ccdd..ee9c8a6e5 100644
--- a/src/output_thread.c
+++ b/src/output_thread.c
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ ao_play_chunk(struct audio_output *ao, const struct music_chunk *chunk)
assert(ao != NULL);
assert(ao->filter != NULL);
- if (chunk->tag != NULL) {
+ if (gcc_unlikely(chunk->tag != NULL)) {
g_mutex_unlock(ao->mutex);
ao_plugin_send_tag(ao, chunk->tag);
g_mutex_lock(ao->mutex);
diff --git a/src/pcm_mix.h b/src/pcm_mix.h
index 0e58d01ee..0cf557680 100644
--- a/src/pcm_mix.h
+++ b/src/pcm_mix.h
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@
#define PCM_MIX_H
#include "audio_format.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stddef.h>
@@ -41,7 +42,7 @@
*
* @return true on success, false if the format is not supported
*/
-G_GNUC_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
+gcc_warn_unused_result
bool
pcm_mix(void *buffer1, const void *buffer2, size_t size,
enum sample_format format, float portion1);
diff --git a/src/pcm_volume.h b/src/pcm_volume.h
index 64e3c7641..4a4a4e45a 100644
--- a/src/pcm_volume.h
+++ b/src/pcm_volume.h
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
enum {
/** this value means "100% volume" */
diff --git a/src/pipe.h b/src/pipe.h
index 84b9869e0..6b5bbf0c7 100644
--- a/src/pipe.h
+++ b/src/pipe.h
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
#ifndef MPD_PIPE_H
#define MPD_PIPE_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+
#include <stdbool.h>
#ifndef NDEBUG
@@ -39,7 +40,7 @@ struct music_pipe;
/**
* Creates a new #music_pipe object. It is empty.
*/
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
struct music_pipe *
music_pipe_new(void);
@@ -72,7 +73,7 @@ music_pipe_contains(const struct music_pipe *mp,
* Returns the first #music_chunk from the pipe. Returns NULL if the
* pipe is empty.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
const struct music_chunk *
music_pipe_peek(const struct music_pipe *mp);
@@ -99,11 +100,11 @@ music_pipe_push(struct music_pipe *mp, struct music_chunk *chunk);
/**
* Returns the number of chunks currently in this pipe.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
unsigned
music_pipe_size(const struct music_pipe *mp);
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
static inline bool
music_pipe_empty(const struct music_pipe *mp)
{
diff --git a/src/player_control.c b/src/player_control.c
index 90f616d77..d9aa2b94c 100644
--- a/src/player_control.c
+++ b/src/player_control.c
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ pc_new(unsigned buffer_chunks, unsigned int buffered_before_play)
pc->cond = g_cond_new();
pc->command = PLAYER_COMMAND_NONE;
- pc->error = PLAYER_ERROR_NOERROR;
+ pc->error_type = PLAYER_ERROR_NONE;
pc->state = PLAYER_STATE_STOP;
pc->cross_fade_seconds = 0;
pc->mixramp_db = 0;
@@ -59,6 +59,9 @@ pc_new(unsigned buffer_chunks, unsigned int buffered_before_play)
void
pc_free(struct player_control *pc)
{
+ if (pc->next_song != NULL)
+ song_free(pc->next_song);
+
g_cond_free(pc->cond);
g_mutex_free(pc->mutex);
g_free(pc);
@@ -76,15 +79,6 @@ player_wait_decoder(struct player_control *pc, struct decoder_control *dc)
g_cond_wait(pc->cond, dc->mutex);
}
-void
-pc_song_deleted(struct player_control *pc, const struct song *song)
-{
- if (pc->errored_song == song) {
- pc->error = PLAYER_ERROR_NOERROR;
- pc->errored_song = NULL;
- }
-}
-
static void
player_command_wait_locked(struct player_control *pc)
{
@@ -236,70 +230,43 @@ pc_get_status(struct player_control *pc, struct player_status *status)
player_unlock(pc);
}
-enum player_state
-pc_get_state(struct player_control *pc)
+void
+pc_set_error(struct player_control *pc, enum player_error type,
+ GError *error)
{
- return pc->state;
+ assert(pc != NULL);
+ assert(type != PLAYER_ERROR_NONE);
+ assert(error != NULL);
+
+ if (pc->error_type != PLAYER_ERROR_NONE)
+ g_error_free(pc->error);
+
+ pc->error_type = type;
+ pc->error = error;
}
void
pc_clear_error(struct player_control *pc)
{
player_lock(pc);
- pc->error = PLAYER_ERROR_NOERROR;
- pc->errored_song = NULL;
- player_unlock(pc);
-}
-enum player_error
-pc_get_error(struct player_control *pc)
-{
- return pc->error;
-}
+ if (pc->error_type != PLAYER_ERROR_NONE) {
+ pc->error_type = PLAYER_ERROR_NONE;
+ g_error_free(pc->error);
+ }
-static char *
-pc_errored_song_uri(struct player_control *pc)
-{
- return song_get_uri(pc->errored_song);
+ player_unlock(pc);
}
char *
pc_get_error_message(struct player_control *pc)
{
- char *error;
- char *uri;
-
- switch (pc->error) {
- case PLAYER_ERROR_NOERROR:
- return NULL;
-
- case PLAYER_ERROR_FILENOTFOUND:
- uri = pc_errored_song_uri(pc);
- error = g_strdup_printf("file \"%s\" does not exist or is inaccessible", uri);
- g_free(uri);
- return error;
-
- case PLAYER_ERROR_FILE:
- uri = pc_errored_song_uri(pc);
- error = g_strdup_printf("problems decoding \"%s\"", uri);
- g_free(uri);
- return error;
-
- case PLAYER_ERROR_AUDIO:
- return g_strdup("problems opening audio device");
-
- case PLAYER_ERROR_SYSTEM:
- return g_strdup("system error occurred");
-
- case PLAYER_ERROR_UNKTYPE:
- uri = pc_errored_song_uri(pc);
- error = g_strdup_printf("file type of \"%s\" is unknown", uri);
- g_free(uri);
- return error;
- }
-
- assert(false);
- return NULL;
+ player_lock(pc);
+ char *message = pc->error_type != PLAYER_ERROR_NONE
+ ? g_strdup(pc->error->message)
+ : NULL;
+ player_unlock(pc);
+ return message;
}
static void
@@ -328,6 +295,10 @@ pc_seek(struct player_control *pc, struct song *song, float seek_time)
assert(song != NULL);
player_lock(pc);
+
+ if (pc->next_song != NULL)
+ song_free(pc->next_song);
+
pc->next_song = song;
pc->seek_where = seek_time;
player_command_locked(pc, PLAYER_COMMAND_SEEK);
@@ -356,12 +327,6 @@ pc_set_cross_fade(struct player_control *pc, float cross_fade_seconds)
idle_add(IDLE_OPTIONS);
}
-float
-pc_get_mixramp_db(const struct player_control *pc)
-{
- return pc->mixramp_db;
-}
-
void
pc_set_mixramp_db(struct player_control *pc, float mixramp_db)
{
@@ -370,12 +335,6 @@ pc_set_mixramp_db(struct player_control *pc, float mixramp_db)
idle_add(IDLE_OPTIONS);
}
-float
-pc_get_mixramp_delay(const struct player_control *pc)
-{
- return pc->mixramp_delay_seconds;
-}
-
void
pc_set_mixramp_delay(struct player_control *pc, float mixramp_delay_seconds)
{
@@ -383,9 +342,3 @@ pc_set_mixramp_delay(struct player_control *pc, float mixramp_delay_seconds)
idle_add(IDLE_OPTIONS);
}
-
-double
-pc_get_total_play_time(const struct player_control *pc)
-{
- return pc->total_play_time;
-}
diff --git a/src/player_control.h b/src/player_control.h
index a77d31ec5..3b536b8ba 100644
--- a/src/player_control.h
+++ b/src/player_control.h
@@ -66,12 +66,17 @@ enum player_command {
};
enum player_error {
- PLAYER_ERROR_NOERROR = 0,
- PLAYER_ERROR_FILE,
- PLAYER_ERROR_AUDIO,
- PLAYER_ERROR_SYSTEM,
- PLAYER_ERROR_UNKTYPE,
- PLAYER_ERROR_FILENOTFOUND,
+ PLAYER_ERROR_NONE = 0,
+
+ /**
+ * The decoder has failed to decode the song.
+ */
+ PLAYER_ERROR_DECODER,
+
+ /**
+ * The audio output has failed.
+ */
+ PLAYER_ERROR_OUTPUT,
};
struct player_status {
@@ -103,13 +108,30 @@ struct player_control {
enum player_command command;
enum player_state state;
- enum player_error error;
+
+ enum player_error error_type;
+
+ /**
+ * The error that occurred in the player thread. This
+ * attribute is only valid if #error is not
+ * #PLAYER_ERROR_NONE. The object must be freed when this
+ * object transitions back to #PLAYER_ERROR_NONE.
+ */
+ GError *error;
+
uint16_t bit_rate;
struct audio_format audio_format;
float total_time;
float elapsed_time;
+
+ /**
+ * The next queued song.
+ *
+ * This is a duplicate, and must be freed when this attribute
+ * is cleared.
+ */
struct song *next_song;
- const struct song *errored_song;
+
double seek_where;
float cross_fade_seconds;
float mixramp_db;
@@ -194,14 +216,10 @@ player_lock_signal(struct player_control *pc)
}
/**
- * Call this function when the specified song pointer is about to be
- * invalidated. This makes sure that player_control.errored_song does
- * not point to an invalid pointer.
+ * @param song the song to be queued; the given instance will be owned
+ * and freed by the player
*/
void
-pc_song_deleted(struct player_control *pc, const struct song *song);
-
-void
pc_play(struct player_control *pc, struct song *song);
/**
@@ -228,8 +246,24 @@ pc_kill(struct player_control *pc);
void
pc_get_status(struct player_control *pc, struct player_status *status);
-enum player_state
-pc_get_state(struct player_control *pc);
+static inline enum player_state
+pc_get_state(struct player_control *pc)
+{
+ return pc->state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the error. Discards any previous error condition.
+ *
+ * Caller must lock the object.
+ *
+ * @param type the error type; must not be #PLAYER_ERROR_NONE
+ * @param error detailed error information; must not be NULL; the
+ * #player_control takes over ownership of this #GError instance
+ */
+void
+pc_set_error(struct player_control *pc, enum player_error type,
+ GError *error);
void
pc_clear_error(struct player_control *pc);
@@ -242,8 +276,11 @@ pc_clear_error(struct player_control *pc);
char *
pc_get_error_message(struct player_control *pc);
-enum player_error
-pc_get_error(struct player_control *pc);
+static inline enum player_error
+pc_get_error_type(struct player_control *pc)
+{
+ return pc->error_type;
+}
void
pc_stop(struct player_control *pc);
@@ -251,12 +288,18 @@ pc_stop(struct player_control *pc);
void
pc_update_audio(struct player_control *pc);
+/**
+ * @param song the song to be queued; the given instance will be owned
+ * and freed by the player
+ */
void
pc_enqueue_song(struct player_control *pc, struct song *song);
/**
* Makes the player thread seek the specified song to a position.
*
+ * @param song the song to be queued; the given instance will be owned
+ * and freed by the player
* @return true on success, false on failure (e.g. if MPD isn't
* playing currently)
*/
@@ -272,16 +315,25 @@ pc_get_cross_fade(const struct player_control *pc);
void
pc_set_mixramp_db(struct player_control *pc, float mixramp_db);
-float
-pc_get_mixramp_db(const struct player_control *pc);
+static inline float
+pc_get_mixramp_db(const struct player_control *pc)
+{
+ return pc->mixramp_db;
+}
void
pc_set_mixramp_delay(struct player_control *pc, float mixramp_delay_seconds);
-float
-pc_get_mixramp_delay(const struct player_control *pc);
+static inline float
+pc_get_mixramp_delay(const struct player_control *pc)
+{
+ return pc->mixramp_delay_seconds;
+}
-double
-pc_get_total_play_time(const struct player_control *pc);
+static inline double
+pc_get_total_play_time(const struct player_control *pc)
+{
+ return pc->total_play_time;
+}
#endif
diff --git a/src/player_thread.c b/src/player_thread.c
index 707fb27ae..d2682f513 100644
--- a/src/player_thread.c
+++ b/src/player_thread.c
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ player_dc_start(struct player *player, struct music_pipe *pipe)
if (pc->command == PLAYER_COMMAND_SEEK)
start_ms += (unsigned)(pc->seek_where * 1000);
- dc_start(dc, pc->next_song,
+ dc_start(dc, song_dup_detached(pc->next_song),
start_ms, pc->next_song->end_ms,
player_buffer, pipe);
}
@@ -235,16 +235,22 @@ player_wait_for_decoder(struct player *player)
player->queued = false;
- if (decoder_lock_has_failed(dc)) {
+ GError *error = dc_lock_get_error(dc);
+ if (error != NULL) {
player_lock(pc);
- pc->errored_song = dc->song;
- pc->error = PLAYER_ERROR_FILE;
+ pc_set_error(pc, PLAYER_ERROR_DECODER, error);
+
+ song_free(pc->next_song);
pc->next_song = NULL;
+
player_unlock(pc);
return false;
}
+ if (player->song != NULL)
+ song_free(player->song);
+
player->song = pc->next_song;
player->elapsed_time = 0.0;
@@ -305,7 +311,9 @@ player_open_output(struct player *player)
assert(pc->state == PLAYER_STATE_PLAY ||
pc->state == PLAYER_STATE_PAUSE);
- if (audio_output_all_open(&player->play_audio_format, player_buffer)) {
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ if (audio_output_all_open(&player->play_audio_format, player_buffer,
+ &error)) {
player->output_open = true;
player->paused = false;
@@ -315,6 +323,8 @@ player_open_output(struct player *player)
return true;
} else {
+ g_warning("%s", error->message);
+
player->output_open = false;
/* pause: the user may resume playback as soon as an
@@ -322,7 +332,7 @@ player_open_output(struct player *player)
player->paused = true;
player_lock(pc);
- pc->error = PLAYER_ERROR_AUDIO;
+ pc_set_error(pc, PLAYER_ERROR_OUTPUT, error);
pc->state = PLAYER_STATE_PAUSE;
player_unlock(pc);
@@ -347,13 +357,13 @@ player_check_decoder_startup(struct player *player)
decoder_lock(dc);
- if (decoder_has_failed(dc)) {
+ GError *error = dc_get_error(dc);
+ if (error != NULL) {
/* the decoder failed */
decoder_unlock(dc);
player_lock(pc);
- pc->errored_song = dc->song;
- pc->error = PLAYER_ERROR_FILE;
+ pc_set_error(pc, PLAYER_ERROR_DECODER, error);
player_unlock(pc);
return false;
@@ -429,7 +439,11 @@ player_send_silence(struct player *player)
chunk->length = num_frames * frame_size;
memset(chunk->data, 0, chunk->length);
- if (!audio_output_all_play(chunk)) {
+ GError *error = NULL;
+ if (!audio_output_all_play(chunk, &error)) {
+ g_warning("%s", error->message);
+ g_error_free(error);
+
music_buffer_return(player_buffer, chunk);
return false;
}
@@ -452,7 +466,7 @@ static bool player_seek_decoder(struct player *player)
const unsigned start_ms = song->start_ms;
- if (decoder_current_song(dc) != song) {
+ if (!decoder_lock_is_current_song(dc, song)) {
/* the decoder is already decoding the "next" song -
stop it and start the previous song again */
@@ -478,6 +492,7 @@ static bool player_seek_decoder(struct player *player)
player->pipe = dc->pipe;
}
+ song_free(pc->next_song);
pc->next_song = NULL;
player->queued = false;
}
@@ -598,6 +613,7 @@ static void player_process_command(struct player *player)
player_lock(pc);
}
+ song_free(pc->next_song);
pc->next_song = NULL;
player->queued = false;
player_command_finished_locked(pc);
@@ -652,7 +668,8 @@ update_song_tag(struct song *song, const struct tag *new_tag)
static bool
play_chunk(struct player_control *pc,
struct song *song, struct music_chunk *chunk,
- const struct audio_format *format)
+ const struct audio_format *format,
+ GError **error_r)
{
assert(music_chunk_check_format(chunk, format));
@@ -670,7 +687,7 @@ play_chunk(struct player_control *pc,
/* send the chunk to the audio outputs */
- if (!audio_output_all_play(chunk))
+ if (!audio_output_all_play(chunk, error_r))
return false;
pc->total_play_time += (double)chunk->length /
@@ -785,13 +802,16 @@ play_next_chunk(struct player *player)
/* play the current chunk */
+ GError *error = NULL;
if (!play_chunk(player->pc, player->song, chunk,
- &player->play_audio_format)) {
+ &player->play_audio_format, &error)) {
+ g_warning("%s", error->message);
+
music_buffer_return(player_buffer, chunk);
player_lock(pc);
- pc->error = PLAYER_ERROR_AUDIO;
+ pc_set_error(pc, PLAYER_ERROR_OUTPUT, error);
/* pause: the user may resume playback as soon as an
audio output becomes available */
@@ -884,6 +904,8 @@ static void do_play(struct player_control *pc, struct decoder_control *dc)
player_dc_start(&player, player.pipe);
if (!player_wait_for_decoder(&player)) {
+ assert(player.song == NULL);
+
player_dc_stop(&player);
player_command_finished(pc);
music_pipe_free(player.pipe);
@@ -1049,10 +1071,14 @@ static void do_play(struct player_control *pc, struct decoder_control *dc)
if (player.cross_fade_tag != NULL)
tag_free(player.cross_fade_tag);
+ if (player.song != NULL)
+ song_free(player.song);
+
player_lock(pc);
if (player.queued) {
assert(pc->next_song != NULL);
+ song_free(pc->next_song);
pc->next_song = NULL;
}
@@ -1094,7 +1120,11 @@ player_task(gpointer arg)
/* fall through */
case PLAYER_COMMAND_PAUSE:
- pc->next_song = NULL;
+ if (pc->next_song != NULL) {
+ song_free(pc->next_song);
+ pc->next_song = NULL;
+ }
+
player_command_finished_locked(pc);
break;
@@ -1135,7 +1165,11 @@ player_task(gpointer arg)
return NULL;
case PLAYER_COMMAND_CANCEL:
- pc->next_song = NULL;
+ if (pc->next_song != NULL) {
+ song_free(pc->next_song);
+ pc->next_song = NULL;
+ }
+
player_command_finished_locked(pc);
break;
diff --git a/src/playlist.c b/src/playlist.c
index dc6d8c340..71abcb692 100644
--- a/src/playlist.c
+++ b/src/playlist.c
@@ -78,14 +78,15 @@ static void
playlist_queue_song_order(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
unsigned order)
{
- struct song *song;
char *uri;
assert(queue_valid_order(&playlist->queue, order));
playlist->queued = order;
- song = queue_get_order(&playlist->queue, order);
+ struct song *song =
+ song_dup_detached(queue_get_order(&playlist->queue, order));
+
uri = song_get_uri(song);
g_debug("queue song %i:\"%s\"", playlist->queued, uri);
g_free(uri);
@@ -186,13 +187,13 @@ void
playlist_play_order(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
int orderNum)
{
- struct song *song;
char *uri;
playlist->playing = true;
playlist->queued = -1;
- song = queue_get_order(&playlist->queue, orderNum);
+ struct song *song =
+ song_dup_detached(queue_get_order(&playlist->queue, orderNum));
uri = song_get_uri(song);
g_debug("play %i:\"%s\"", orderNum, uri);
@@ -257,14 +258,14 @@ playlist_resume_playback(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc)
assert(playlist->playing);
assert(pc_get_state(pc) == PLAYER_STATE_STOP);
- error = pc_get_error(pc);
- if (error == PLAYER_ERROR_NOERROR)
+ error = pc_get_error_type(pc);
+ if (error == PLAYER_ERROR_NONE)
playlist->error_count = 0;
else
++playlist->error_count;
- if ((playlist->stop_on_error && error != PLAYER_ERROR_NOERROR) ||
- error == PLAYER_ERROR_AUDIO || error == PLAYER_ERROR_SYSTEM ||
+ if ((playlist->stop_on_error && error != PLAYER_ERROR_NONE) ||
+ error == PLAYER_ERROR_OUTPUT ||
playlist->error_count >= queue_length(&playlist->queue))
/* too many errors, or critical error: stop
playback */
diff --git a/src/playlist_control.c b/src/playlist_control.c
index 0dea7676a..57cc428fe 100644
--- a/src/playlist_control.c
+++ b/src/playlist_control.c
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#include "playlist_internal.h"
#include "player_control.h"
+#include "song.h"
#include "idle.h"
#include <glib.h>
@@ -239,7 +240,9 @@ playlist_seek_song(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
queued = NULL;
}
- success = pc_seek(pc, queue_get_order(&playlist->queue, i), seek_time);
+ struct song *the_song =
+ song_dup_detached(queue_get_order(&playlist->queue, i));
+ success = pc_seek(pc, the_song, seek_time);
if (!success) {
playlist_update_queued_song(playlist, pc, queued);
diff --git a/src/playlist_edit.c b/src/playlist_edit.c
index d10f49451..2b7cdd8ae 100644
--- a/src/playlist_edit.c
+++ b/src/playlist_edit.c
@@ -45,14 +45,6 @@ playlist_clear(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc)
{
playlist_stop(playlist, pc);
- /* make sure there are no references to allocated songs
- anymore */
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue_length(&playlist->queue); i++) {
- const struct song *song = queue_get(&playlist->queue, i);
- if (!song_in_database(song))
- pc_song_deleted(pc, song);
- }
-
queue_clear(&playlist->queue);
playlist->current = -1;
@@ -136,7 +128,12 @@ playlist_append_uri(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
if (song == NULL)
return PLAYLIST_RESULT_NO_SUCH_SONG;
- return playlist_append_song(playlist, pc, song, added_id);
+ enum playlist_result result =
+ playlist_append_song(playlist, pc, song, added_id);
+ if (song_in_database(song))
+ db_return_song(song);
+
+ return result;
}
enum playlist_result
@@ -287,9 +284,6 @@ playlist_delete_internal(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
/* now do it: remove the song */
- if (!song_in_database(queue_get(&playlist->queue, song)))
- pc_song_deleted(pc, queue_get(&playlist->queue, song));
-
queue_delete(&playlist->queue, song);
/* update the "current" and "queued" variables */
@@ -363,8 +357,6 @@ playlist_delete_song(struct playlist *playlist, struct player_control *pc,
for (int i = queue_length(&playlist->queue) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
if (song == queue_get(&playlist->queue, i))
playlist_delete(playlist, pc, i);
-
- pc_song_deleted(pc, song);
}
enum playlist_result
diff --git a/src/playlist_queue.c b/src/playlist_queue.c
index aada94984..8eb535dbd 100644
--- a/src/playlist_queue.c
+++ b/src/playlist_queue.c
@@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ playlist_load_into_queue(const char *uri, struct playlist_provider *source,
++i) {
if (i < start_index) {
/* skip songs before the start index */
- if (!song_in_database(song))
- song_free(song);
+ song_free(song);
continue;
}
@@ -51,9 +50,8 @@ playlist_load_into_queue(const char *uri, struct playlist_provider *source,
continue;
result = playlist_append_song(dest, pc, song, NULL);
+ song_free(song);
if (result != PLAYLIST_RESULT_SUCCESS) {
- if (!song_in_database(song))
- song_free(song);
g_free(base_uri);
return result;
}
diff --git a/src/playlist_song.c b/src/playlist_song.c
index 29efef2e3..3b8de6307 100644
--- a/src/playlist_song.c
+++ b/src/playlist_song.c
@@ -79,9 +79,7 @@ apply_song_metadata(struct song *dest, const struct song *src)
(e.g. last track on a CUE file); fix it up here */
tmp->tag->time = dest->tag->time - src->start_ms / 1000;
- if (!song_in_database(dest))
- song_free(dest);
-
+ song_free(dest);
return tmp;
}
@@ -97,10 +95,13 @@ playlist_check_load_song(const struct song *song, const char *uri, bool secure)
if (dest == NULL)
return NULL;
} else {
- dest = db_get_song(uri);
- if (dest == NULL)
+ struct song *tmp = db_get_song(uri);
+ if (tmp == NULL)
/* not found in database */
return NULL;
+
+ dest = song_dup_detached(tmp);
+ db_return_song(tmp);
}
return apply_song_metadata(dest, song);
diff --git a/src/protocol/result.h b/src/protocol/result.h
index 8b9e44bfd..09ea6c418 100644
--- a/src/protocol/result.h
+++ b/src/protocol/result.h
@@ -21,10 +21,9 @@
#define MPD_PROTOCOL_RESULT_H
#include "check.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
#include "ack.h"
-#include <glib.h>
-
struct client;
extern const char *current_command;
@@ -37,7 +36,7 @@ void
command_error_v(struct client *client, enum ack error,
const char *fmt, va_list args);
-G_GNUC_PRINTF(3, 4)
+gcc_fprintf_
void
command_error(struct client *client, enum ack error, const char *fmt, ...);
diff --git a/src/queue.c b/src/queue.c
index 4fe564a35..098cbcce9 100644
--- a/src/queue.c
+++ b/src/queue.c
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ queue_append(struct queue *queue, struct song *song, uint8_t priority)
assert(!queue_is_full(queue));
queue->items[queue->length] = (struct queue_item){
- .song = song,
+ .song = song_dup_detached(song),
.id = id,
.version = queue->version,
.priority = priority,
@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ queue_delete(struct queue *queue, unsigned position)
assert(position < queue->length);
song = queue_get(queue, position);
- if (!song_in_database(song))
- song_free(song);
+ assert(!song_in_database(song) || song_is_detached(song));
+ song_free(song);
id = queue_position_to_id(queue, position);
order = queue_position_to_order(queue, position);
@@ -291,8 +291,9 @@ queue_clear(struct queue *queue)
for (unsigned i = 0; i < queue->length; i++) {
struct queue_item *item = &queue->items[i];
- if (!song_in_database(item->song))
- song_free(item->song);
+ assert(!song_in_database(item->song) ||
+ song_is_detached(item->song));
+ song_free(item->song);
queue->id_to_position[item->id] = -1;
}
diff --git a/src/queue_save.c b/src/queue_save.c
index 16852d3c1..00b5ecbb1 100644
--- a/src/queue_save.c
+++ b/src/queue_save.c
@@ -120,4 +120,7 @@ queue_load_song(FILE *fp, GString *buffer, const char *line,
}
queue_append(queue, song, priority);
+
+ if (song_in_database(song))
+ db_return_song(song);
}
diff --git a/src/resolver.h b/src/resolver.h
index e5ad06754..666b6d5b2 100644
--- a/src/resolver.h
+++ b/src/resolver.h
@@ -20,12 +20,14 @@
#ifndef MPD_RESOLVER_H
#define MPD_RESOLVER_H
+#include "gcc.h"
+
#include <glib.h>
struct sockaddr;
struct addrinfo;
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
static inline GQuark
resolver_quark(void)
{
@@ -42,7 +44,7 @@ resolver_quark(void)
* @param error location to store the error occurring, or NULL to
* ignore errors
*/
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
char *
sockaddr_to_string(const struct sockaddr *sa, size_t length, GError **error);
diff --git a/src/server_socket.h b/src/server_socket.h
index 7caa4bbf2..f7e9aa4cf 100644
--- a/src/server_socket.h
+++ b/src/server_socket.h
@@ -20,9 +20,10 @@
#ifndef MPD_SERVER_SOCKET_H
#define MPD_SERVER_SOCKET_H
-#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
-#include <glib.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
struct sockaddr;
diff --git a/src/socket_util.c b/src/socket_util.c
index a06a0cbd5..ee8bf7e1a 100644
--- a/src/socket_util.c
+++ b/src/socket_util.c
@@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
#include "socket_util.h"
#include "fd_util.h"
+#include <glib.h>
+
#include <errno.h>
#include <unistd.h>
diff --git a/src/socket_util.h b/src/socket_util.h
index 93bd27362..4cf845d8e 100644
--- a/src/socket_util.h
+++ b/src/socket_util.h
@@ -26,7 +26,9 @@
#ifndef SOCKET_UTIL_H
#define SOCKET_UTIL_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
struct sockaddr;
diff --git a/src/song.h b/src/song.h
index 8b97d45d0..39f916a6a 100644
--- a/src/song.h
+++ b/src/song.h
@@ -21,7 +21,9 @@
#define MPD_SONG_H
#include "util/list.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include <assert.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
@@ -58,6 +60,14 @@ struct song {
char uri[sizeof(int)];
};
+/**
+ * A dummy #directory instance that is used for "detached" song
+ * copies.
+ */
+extern struct directory detached_root;
+
+G_BEGIN_DECLS
+
/** allocate a new song with a remote URL */
struct song *
song_remote_new(const char *uri);
@@ -83,9 +93,52 @@ song_file_load(const char *path, struct directory *parent);
struct song *
song_replace_uri(struct song *song, const char *uri);
+/**
+ * Creates a "detached" song object.
+ */
+struct song *
+song_detached_new(const char *uri);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a duplicate of the song object. If the object is in the
+ * database, it creates a "detached" copy of this song, see
+ * song_is_detached().
+ */
+gcc_malloc
+struct song *
+song_dup_detached(const struct song *src);
+
void
song_free(struct song *song);
+static inline bool
+song_in_database(const struct song *song)
+{
+ return song->parent != NULL;
+}
+
+static inline bool
+song_is_file(const struct song *song)
+{
+ return song_in_database(song) || song->uri[0] == '/';
+}
+
+static inline bool
+song_is_detached(const struct song *song)
+{
+ assert(song != NULL);
+ assert(song_in_database(song));
+
+ return song->parent == &detached_root;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns true if both objects refer to the same physical song.
+ */
+gcc_pure
+bool
+song_equals(const struct song *a, const struct song *b);
+
bool
song_file_update(struct song *song);
@@ -105,16 +158,6 @@ song_get_uri(const struct song *song);
double
song_get_duration(const struct song *song);
-static inline bool
-song_in_database(const struct song *song)
-{
- return song->parent != NULL;
-}
-
-static inline bool
-song_is_file(const struct song *song)
-{
- return song_in_database(song) || song->uri[0] == '/';
-}
+G_END_DECLS
#endif
diff --git a/src/song_print.c b/src/song_print.c
index fb608a8b2..d876b85a8 100644
--- a/src/song_print.c
+++ b/src/song_print.c
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
#include "config.h"
#include "song_print.h"
+#include "time_print.h"
#include "song.h"
#include "directory.h"
#include "tag_print.h"
@@ -63,32 +64,8 @@ song_print_info(struct client *client, struct song *song)
song->start_ms / 1000,
song->start_ms % 1000);
- if (song->mtime > 0) {
-#ifndef G_OS_WIN32
- struct tm tm;
-#endif
- const struct tm *tm2;
-
-#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
- tm2 = gmtime(&song->mtime);
-#else
- tm2 = gmtime_r(&song->mtime, &tm);
-#endif
-
- if (tm2 != NULL) {
- char timestamp[32];
-
- strftime(timestamp, sizeof(timestamp),
-#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
- "%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%SZ",
-#else
- "%FT%TZ",
-#endif
- tm2);
- client_printf(client, "Last-Modified: %s\n",
- timestamp);
- }
- }
+ if (song->mtime > 0)
+ time_print(client, "Last-Modified", song->mtime);
if (song->tag)
tag_print(client, song->tag);
diff --git a/src/stats.c b/src/stats.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fe6a064a6..000000000
--- a/src/stats.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
- * http://www.musicpd.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "config.h"
-#include "stats.h"
-#include "database.h"
-#include "db_visitor.h"
-#include "tag.h"
-#include "song.h"
-#include "client.h"
-#include "player_control.h"
-#include "strset.h"
-#include "client_internal.h"
-
-struct stats stats;
-
-void stats_global_init(void)
-{
- stats.timer = g_timer_new();
-}
-
-void stats_global_finish(void)
-{
- g_timer_destroy(stats.timer);
-}
-
-struct visit_data {
- struct strset *artists;
- struct strset *albums;
-};
-
-static void
-visit_tag(struct visit_data *data, const struct tag *tag)
-{
- if (tag->time > 0)
- stats.song_duration += tag->time;
-
- for (unsigned i = 0; i < tag->num_items; ++i) {
- const struct tag_item *item = tag->items[i];
-
- switch (item->type) {
- case TAG_ARTIST:
- strset_add(data->artists, item->value);
- break;
-
- case TAG_ALBUM:
- strset_add(data->albums, item->value);
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
-static bool
-collect_stats_song(struct song *song, void *_data,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED GError **error_r)
-{
- struct visit_data *data = _data;
-
- ++stats.song_count;
-
- if (song->tag != NULL)
- visit_tag(data, song->tag);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static const struct db_visitor collect_stats_visitor = {
- .song = collect_stats_song,
-};
-
-void stats_update(void)
-{
- struct visit_data data;
-
- stats.song_count = 0;
- stats.song_duration = 0;
- stats.artist_count = 0;
-
- data.artists = strset_new();
- data.albums = strset_new();
-
- db_walk("", &collect_stats_visitor, &data, NULL);
-
- stats.artist_count = strset_size(data.artists);
- stats.album_count = strset_size(data.albums);
-
- strset_free(data.artists);
- strset_free(data.albums);
-}
-
-int stats_print(struct client *client)
-{
- client_printf(client,
- "artists: %u\n"
- "albums: %u\n"
- "songs: %i\n"
- "uptime: %li\n"
- "playtime: %li\n"
- "db_playtime: %li\n"
- "db_update: %li\n",
- stats.artist_count,
- stats.album_count,
- stats.song_count,
- (long)g_timer_elapsed(stats.timer, NULL),
- (long)(pc_get_total_play_time(client->player_control) + 0.5),
- stats.song_duration,
- (long)db_get_mtime());
- return 0;
-}
diff --git a/src/stats.h b/src/stats.h
index a686477de..adb1c3443 100644
--- a/src/stats.h
+++ b/src/stats.h
@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ void stats_global_finish(void);
void stats_update(void);
-int stats_print(struct client *client);
+void
+stats_print(struct client *client);
#endif
diff --git a/src/sticker.h b/src/sticker.h
index 5545206a5..66f12294b 100644
--- a/src/sticker.h
+++ b/src/sticker.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
#ifndef STICKER_H
#define STICKER_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
@@ -127,8 +127,8 @@ sticker_get_value(const struct sticker *sticker, const char *name);
void
sticker_foreach(const struct sticker *sticker,
void (*func)(const char *name, const char *value,
- gpointer user_data),
- gpointer user_data);
+ void *user_data),
+ void *user_data);
/**
* Loads the sticker for the specified resource.
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ sticker_load(const char *type, const char *uri);
bool
sticker_find(const char *type, const char *base_uri, const char *name,
void (*func)(const char *uri, const char *value,
- gpointer user_data),
- gpointer user_data);
+ void *user_data),
+ void *user_data);
#endif
diff --git a/src/sticker_print.c b/src/sticker_print.c
index 65e79513c..b19dcdc9c 100644
--- a/src/sticker_print.c
+++ b/src/sticker_print.c
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ sticker_print_value(struct client *client,
}
static void
-print_sticker_cb(const char *name, const char *value, gpointer data)
+print_sticker_cb(const char *name, const char *value, void *data)
{
struct client *client = data;
diff --git a/src/stored_playlist.c b/src/stored_playlist.c
index 39ba2bac1..13defd177 100644
--- a/src/stored_playlist.c
+++ b/src/stored_playlist.c
@@ -496,7 +496,9 @@ spl_append_uri(const char *url, const char *utf8file, GError **error_r)
return false;
}
- return spl_append_song(utf8file, song, error_r);
+ bool success = spl_append_song(utf8file, song, error_r);
+ db_return_song(song);
+ return success;
}
}
diff --git a/src/string_util.h b/src/string_util.h
index dc80a46ef..683fada1b 100644
--- a/src/string_util.h
+++ b/src/string_util.h
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
#ifndef MPD_STRING_UTIL_H
#define MPD_STRING_UTIL_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
* Remove the "const" attribute from a string pointer. This is a
* dirty hack, don't use it unless you know what you're doing!
*/
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
static inline char *
deconst_string(const char *p)
{
@@ -49,14 +49,14 @@ deconst_string(const char *p)
* This is a faster version of g_strchug(), because it does not move
* data.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
const char *
strchug_fast_c(const char *p);
/**
* Same as strchug_fast_c(), but works with a writable pointer.
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
static inline char *
strchug_fast(char *p)
{
diff --git a/src/strset.c b/src/strset.c
index 5862e4075..f1a5197d1 100644
--- a/src/strset.c
+++ b/src/strset.c
@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@
#include "config.h"
#include "strset.h"
+#include <glib.h>
+
#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
diff --git a/src/strset.h b/src/strset.h
index 5382e59b8..6965a5823 100644
--- a/src/strset.h
+++ b/src/strset.h
@@ -29,11 +29,13 @@
#ifndef MPD_STRSET_H
#define MPD_STRSET_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
struct strset;
-G_GNUC_MALLOC struct strset *strset_new(void);
+gcc_malloc
+struct strset *
+strset_new(void);
void strset_free(struct strset *set);
diff --git a/src/tag.c b/src/tag.c
index c0faa7ab2..b59c23b23 100644
--- a/src/tag.c
+++ b/src/tag.c
@@ -168,9 +168,9 @@ static void tag_delete_item(struct tag *tag, unsigned idx)
assert(idx < tag->num_items);
tag->num_items--;
- g_mutex_lock(tag_pool_lock);
+ g_static_mutex_lock(&tag_pool_lock);
tag_pool_put_item(tag->items[idx]);
- g_mutex_unlock(tag_pool_lock);
+ g_static_mutex_unlock(&tag_pool_lock);
if (tag->num_items - idx > 0) {
memmove(tag->items + idx, tag->items + idx + 1,
@@ -202,10 +202,10 @@ void tag_free(struct tag *tag)
assert(tag != NULL);
- g_mutex_lock(tag_pool_lock);
+ g_static_mutex_lock(&tag_pool_lock);
for (i = tag->num_items; --i >= 0; )
tag_pool_put_item(tag->items[i]);
- g_mutex_unlock(tag_pool_lock);
+ g_static_mutex_unlock(&tag_pool_lock);
if (tag->items == bulk.items) {
#ifndef NDEBUG
@@ -231,10 +231,10 @@ struct tag *tag_dup(const struct tag *tag)
ret->num_items = tag->num_items;
ret->items = ret->num_items > 0 ? g_malloc(items_size(tag)) : NULL;
- g_mutex_lock(tag_pool_lock);
+ g_static_mutex_lock(&tag_pool_lock);
for (unsigned i = 0; i < tag->num_items; i++)
ret->items[i] = tag_pool_dup_item(tag->items[i]);
- g_mutex_unlock(tag_pool_lock);
+ g_static_mutex_unlock(&tag_pool_lock);
return ret;
}
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ tag_merge(const struct tag *base, const struct tag *add)
ret->num_items = base->num_items + add->num_items;
ret->items = ret->num_items > 0 ? g_malloc(items_size(ret)) : NULL;
- g_mutex_lock(tag_pool_lock);
+ g_static_mutex_lock(&tag_pool_lock);
/* copy all items from "add" */
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ tag_merge(const struct tag *base, const struct tag *add)
if (!tag_has_type(add, base->items[i]->type))
ret->items[n++] = tag_pool_dup_item(base->items[i]);
- g_mutex_unlock(tag_pool_lock);
+ g_static_mutex_unlock(&tag_pool_lock);
assert(n <= ret->num_items);
@@ -502,9 +502,9 @@ tag_add_item_internal(struct tag *tag, enum tag_type type,
items_size(tag) - sizeof(struct tag_item *));
}
- g_mutex_lock(tag_pool_lock);
+ g_static_mutex_lock(&tag_pool_lock);
tag->items[i] = tag_pool_get_item(type, value, len);
- g_mutex_unlock(tag_pool_lock);
+ g_static_mutex_unlock(&tag_pool_lock);
g_free(p);
}
diff --git a/src/tag_id3.h b/src/tag_id3.h
index 049c53ad9..473e33843 100644
--- a/src/tag_id3.h
+++ b/src/tag_id3.h
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
#define MPD_TAG_ID3_H
#include "check.h"
-
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+#include "gerror.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
@@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ tag_id3_load(const char *path_fs, GError **error_r);
#else
static inline bool
-tag_id3_scan(G_GNUC_UNUSED const char *path_fs,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED const struct tag_handler *handler,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED void *handler_ctx)
+tag_id3_scan(gcc_unused const char *path_fs,
+ gcc_unused const struct tag_handler *handler,
+ gcc_unused void *handler_ctx)
{
return false;
}
diff --git a/src/tag_pool.c b/src/tag_pool.c
index eabf3e369..2f9b39486 100644
--- a/src/tag_pool.c
+++ b/src/tag_pool.c
@@ -22,7 +22,17 @@
#include <assert.h>
-GMutex *tag_pool_lock = NULL;
+#if GCC_CHECK_VERSION(4, 2)
+/* workaround for a warning caused by G_STATIC_MUTEX_INIT */
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-field-initializers"
+#endif
+
+GStaticMutex tag_pool_lock = G_STATIC_MUTEX_INIT;
+
+#if GCC_CHECK_VERSION(4, 2)
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
#define NUM_SLOTS 4096
@@ -81,19 +91,6 @@ static struct slot *slot_alloc(struct slot *next,
return slot;
}
-void tag_pool_init(void)
-{
- g_assert(tag_pool_lock == NULL);
- tag_pool_lock = g_mutex_new();
-}
-
-void tag_pool_deinit(void)
-{
- g_assert(tag_pool_lock != NULL);
- g_mutex_free(tag_pool_lock);
- tag_pool_lock = NULL;
-}
-
struct tag_item *
tag_pool_get_item(enum tag_type type, const char *value, size_t length)
{
diff --git a/src/tag_pool.h b/src/tag_pool.h
index a96c00d85..a717f704d 100644
--- a/src/tag_pool.h
+++ b/src/tag_pool.h
@@ -24,14 +24,10 @@
#include <glib.h>
-extern GMutex *tag_pool_lock;
+extern GStaticMutex tag_pool_lock;
struct tag_item;
-void tag_pool_init(void);
-
-void tag_pool_deinit(void);
-
struct tag_item *
tag_pool_get_item(enum tag_type type, const char *value, size_t length);
diff --git a/src/time_print.c b/src/time_print.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6fb569d96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/time_print.c
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2011 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "time_print.h"
+#include "client.h"
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+void
+time_print(struct client *client, const char *name, time_t t)
+{
+#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
+ const struct tm *tm2 = gmtime(&t);
+#else
+ struct tm tm;
+ const struct tm *tm2 = gmtime_r(&t, &tm);
+#endif
+ if (tm2 == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ char buffer[32];
+ strftime(buffer, sizeof(buffer),
+#ifdef G_OS_WIN32
+ "%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%SZ",
+#else
+ "%FT%TZ",
+#endif
+ tm2);
+ client_printf(client, "%s: %s\n", name, buffer);
+}
diff --git a/src/db_internal.h b/src/time_print.h
index a33351524..7eff446b2 100644
--- a/src/db_internal.h
+++ b/src/time_print.h
@@ -17,19 +17,17 @@
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
*/
-#ifndef MPD_DB_INTERNAL_H
-#define MPD_DB_INTERNAL_H
+#ifndef MPD_TIME_PRINT_H
+#define MPD_TIME_PRINT_H
-#include "db_plugin.h"
+#include <time.h>
-#include <assert.h>
+struct client;
-static inline void
-db_base_init(struct db *db, const struct db_plugin *plugin)
-{
- assert(plugin != NULL);
-
- db->plugin = plugin;
-}
+/**
+ * Write a line with a time stamp to the client.
+ */
+void
+time_print(struct client *client, const char *name, time_t t);
#endif
diff --git a/src/tokenizer.c b/src/tokenizer.c
index bbb34e100..4a98e882f 100644
--- a/src/tokenizer.c
+++ b/src/tokenizer.c
@@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
#include "tokenizer.h"
#include "string_util.h"
+#include <glib.h>
+
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>
diff --git a/src/tokenizer.h b/src/tokenizer.h
index d55eb3ca6..2026e5ad6 100644
--- a/src/tokenizer.h
+++ b/src/tokenizer.h
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
#ifndef MPD_TOKENIZER_H
#define MPD_TOKENIZER_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
/**
* Reads the next word from the input string. This function modifies
diff --git a/src/update.c b/src/update.c
index 12eec40c4..ef4dfe749 100644
--- a/src/update.c
+++ b/src/update.c
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ update_enqueue(const char *path, bool _discard)
{
assert(g_thread_self() == main_task);
- if (!mapper_has_music_directory())
+ if (!db_is_simple() || !mapper_has_music_directory())
return 0;
if (progress != UPDATE_PROGRESS_IDLE) {
diff --git a/src/update_archive.h b/src/update_archive.h
index 838697dd9..a9139b0e0 100644
--- a/src/update_archive.h
+++ b/src/update_archive.h
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@
#define MPD_UPDATE_ARCHIVE_H
#include "check.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
@@ -40,10 +41,10 @@ update_archive_file(struct directory *directory,
#include <glib.h>
static inline bool
-update_archive_file(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct directory *directory,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED const char *name,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED const char *suffix,
- G_GNUC_UNUSED const struct stat *st)
+update_archive_file(gcc_unused struct directory *directory,
+ gcc_unused const char *name,
+ gcc_unused const char *suffix,
+ gcc_unused const struct stat *st)
{
return false;
}
diff --git a/src/uri.h b/src/uri.h
index 5a9b472f5..6713f1698 100644
--- a/src/uri.h
+++ b/src/uri.h
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
#ifndef MPD_URI_H
#define MPD_URI_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
#include <stdbool.h>
@@ -28,10 +28,10 @@
* Checks whether the specified URI has a scheme in the form
* "scheme://".
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
bool uri_has_scheme(const char *uri);
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
const char *
uri_get_suffix(const char *uri);
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ uri_get_suffix(const char *uri);
* - no double slashes
* - no path component begins with a dot
*/
-G_GNUC_PURE
+gcc_pure
bool
uri_safe_local(const char *uri);
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ uri_safe_local(const char *uri);
* NULL if nothing needs to be removed, or if the URI is not
* recognized.
*/
-G_GNUC_MALLOC
+gcc_malloc
char *
uri_remove_auth(const char *uri);
diff --git a/src/util/bit_reverse.h b/src/util/bit_reverse.h
index e44693b1d..54cb789bb 100644
--- a/src/util/bit_reverse.h
+++ b/src/util/bit_reverse.h
@@ -20,12 +20,13 @@
#ifndef MPD_BIT_REVERSE_H
#define MPD_BIT_REVERSE_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gcc.h"
+
#include <stdint.h>
extern const uint8_t bit_reverse_table[256];
-G_GNUC_CONST
+gcc_const
static inline uint8_t
bit_reverse(uint8_t x)
{
diff --git a/src/util/list.h b/src/util/list.h
index fdab47675..28c70954f 100644
--- a/src/util/list.h
+++ b/src/util/list.h
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
* under normal circumstances, used to verify that nobody uses
* non-initialized list entries.
*/
-#define LIST_POISON1 ((void *) 0x00100100)
-#define LIST_POISON2 ((void *) 0x00200200)
+#define LIST_POISON1 ((struct list_head *)(void *) 0x00100100)
+#define LIST_POISON2 ((struct list_head *)(void *) 0x00200200)
/*
* Simple doubly linked list implementation.
@@ -82,46 +82,47 @@ static inline void INIT_LIST_HEAD(struct list_head *list)
* the prev/next entries already!
*/
#ifndef CONFIG_DEBUG_LIST
-static inline void __list_add(struct list_head *new,
+static inline void __list_add(struct list_head *new_item,
struct list_head *prev,
struct list_head *next)
{
- next->prev = new;
- new->next = next;
- new->prev = prev;
- prev->next = new;
+ next->prev = new_item;
+ new_item->next = next;
+ new_item->prev = prev;
+ prev->next = new_item;
}
#else
-extern void __list_add(struct list_head *new,
- struct list_head *prev,
- struct list_head *next);
+extern void __list_add(struct list_head *new_item,
+ struct list_head *prev,
+ struct list_head *next);
#endif
/**
* list_add - add a new entry
- * @new: new entry to be added
+ * @new_item: new entry to be added
* @head: list head to add it after
*
* Insert a new entry after the specified head.
* This is good for implementing stacks.
*/
-static inline void list_add(struct list_head *new, struct list_head *head)
+static inline void list_add(struct list_head *new_item, struct list_head *head)
{
- __list_add(new, head, head->next);
+ __list_add(new_item, head, head->next);
}
/**
* list_add_tail - add a new entry
- * @new: new entry to be added
+ * @new_item: new entry to be added
* @head: list head to add it before
*
* Insert a new entry before the specified head.
* This is useful for implementing queues.
*/
-static inline void list_add_tail(struct list_head *new, struct list_head *head)
+static inline void
+list_add_tail(struct list_head *new_item, struct list_head *head)
{
- __list_add(new, head->prev, head);
+ __list_add(new_item, head->prev, head);
}
/*
@@ -163,23 +164,23 @@ extern void list_del(struct list_head *entry);
/**
* list_replace - replace old entry by new one
* @old : the element to be replaced
- * @new : the new element to insert
+ * @new_item : the new element to insert
*
* If @old was empty, it will be overwritten.
*/
static inline void list_replace(struct list_head *old,
- struct list_head *new)
+ struct list_head *new_item)
{
- new->next = old->next;
- new->next->prev = new;
- new->prev = old->prev;
- new->prev->next = new;
+ new_item->next = old->next;
+ new_item->next->prev = new_item;
+ new_item->prev = old->prev;
+ new_item->prev->next = new_item;
}
static inline void list_replace_init(struct list_head *old,
- struct list_head *new)
+ struct list_head *new_item)
{
- list_replace(old, new);
+ list_replace(old, new_item);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(old);
}
diff --git a/src/utils.h b/src/utils.h
index f8d6657f2..ba7307ded 100644
--- a/src/utils.h
+++ b/src/utils.h
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
#ifndef MPD_UTILS_H
#define MPD_UTILS_H
-#include <glib.h>
+#include "gerror.h"
+
#include <stdbool.h>
#ifndef assert_static
diff --git a/test/DumpDatabase.cxx b/test/DumpDatabase.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7aa8f06f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/DumpDatabase.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "DatabaseRegistry.hxx"
+#include "DatabasePlugin.hxx"
+#include "DatabaseSelection.hxx"
+#include "directory.h"
+#include "song.h"
+#include "playlist_vector.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+#include "conf.h"
+#include "tag.h"
+}
+
+#include <iostream>
+using std::cout;
+using std::cerr;
+using std::endl;
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+static void
+my_log_func(const gchar *log_domain, G_GNUC_UNUSED GLogLevelFlags log_level,
+ const gchar *message, G_GNUC_UNUSED gpointer user_data)
+{
+ if (log_domain != NULL)
+ g_printerr("%s: %s\n", log_domain, message);
+ else
+ g_printerr("%s\n", message);
+}
+
+static bool
+DumpDirectory(const directory &directory, GError **)
+{
+ cout << "D " << directory.path << endl;
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+DumpSong(song &song, GError **)
+{
+ cout << "S " << song.parent->path << "/" << song.uri << endl;
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+DumpPlaylist(const playlist_metadata &playlist,
+ const directory &directory, GError **)
+{
+ cout << "P " << directory.path << "/" << playlist.name << endl;
+ return true;
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ GError *error = nullptr;
+
+ if (argc != 3) {
+ cerr << "Usage: DumpDatabase CONFIG PLUGIN" << endl;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ const char *const config_path = argv[1];
+ const char *const plugin_name = argv[2];
+
+ const DatabasePlugin *plugin = GetDatabasePluginByName(plugin_name);
+ if (plugin == NULL) {
+ cerr << "No such database plugin: " << plugin_name << endl;
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ /* initialize GLib */
+
+ g_thread_init(nullptr);
+ g_log_set_default_handler(my_log_func, nullptr);
+
+ /* initialize MPD */
+
+ config_global_init();
+
+ if (!config_read_file(config_path, &error)) {
+ cerr << error->message << endl;
+ g_error_free(error);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ tag_lib_init();
+
+ /* do it */
+
+ const struct config_param *path = config_get_param(CONF_DB_FILE);
+ struct config_param *param = config_new_param("database", path->line);
+ if (path != nullptr)
+ config_add_block_param(param, "path", path->value, path->line);
+
+ Database *db = plugin->create(param, &error);
+
+ config_param_free(param);
+
+ if (db == nullptr) {
+ cerr << error->message << endl;
+ g_error_free(error);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ if (!db->Open(&error)) {
+ delete db;
+ cerr << error->message << endl;
+ g_error_free(error);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ const DatabaseSelection selection("", true);
+
+ if (!db->Visit(selection, DumpDirectory, DumpSong, DumpPlaylist,
+ &error)) {
+ db->Close();
+ delete db;
+ cerr << error->message << endl;
+ g_error_free(error);
+ return EXIT_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+ db->Close();
+ delete db;
+
+ /* deinitialize everything */
+
+ config_global_finish();
+
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
diff --git a/test/FakeSong.cxx b/test/FakeSong.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..927a07652
--- /dev/null
+++ b/test/FakeSong.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2012 The Music Player Daemon Project
+ * http://www.musicpd.org
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "song.h"
+#include "directory.h"
+#include "gcc.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+struct directory detached_root;
+
+struct song *
+song_dup_detached(gcc_unused const struct song *src)
+{
+ abort();
+}
diff --git a/test/dump_playlist.c b/test/dump_playlist.c
index 0570f6e49..28237a799 100644
--- a/test/dump_playlist.c
+++ b/test/dump_playlist.c
@@ -21,7 +21,6 @@
#include "io_thread.h"
#include "input_init.h"
#include "input_stream.h"
-#include "tag_pool.h"
#include "tag_save.h"
#include "conf.h"
#include "song.h"
@@ -157,7 +156,6 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
/* initialize MPD */
- tag_pool_init();
config_global_init();
success = config_read_file(argv[1], &error);
if (!success) {
@@ -249,7 +247,6 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
input_stream_global_finish();
io_thread_deinit();
config_global_finish();
- tag_pool_deinit();
return 0;
}
diff --git a/test/dump_text_file.c b/test/dump_text_file.c
index f14371441..f13e648b2 100644
--- a/test/dump_text_file.c
+++ b/test/dump_text_file.c
@@ -22,7 +22,6 @@
#include "input_init.h"
#include "input_stream.h"
#include "text_input_stream.h"
-#include "tag_pool.h"
#include "conf.h"
#include "stdbin.h"
@@ -112,7 +111,6 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
/* initialize MPD */
- tag_pool_init();
config_global_init();
io_thread_init();
@@ -164,7 +162,6 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
io_thread_deinit();
config_global_finish();
- tag_pool_deinit();
return ret;
}
diff --git a/test/run_decoder.c b/test/run_decoder.c
index e6712c75b..c25e727ba 100644
--- a/test/run_decoder.c
+++ b/test/run_decoder.c
@@ -21,7 +21,6 @@
#include "io_thread.h"
#include "decoder_list.h"
#include "decoder_api.h"
-#include "tag_pool.h"
#include "input_init.h"
#include "input_stream.h"
#include "audio_format.h"
@@ -191,8 +190,6 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
return EXIT_FAILURE;
}
- tag_pool_init();
-
if (!input_stream_global_init(&error)) {
g_warning("%s", error->message);
g_error_free(error);
@@ -248,7 +245,5 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
return 1;
}
- tag_pool_deinit();
-
return 0;
}
diff --git a/test/run_inotify.c b/test/run_inotify.c
index 3e7c70dba..4ceb60229 100644
--- a/test/run_inotify.c
+++ b/test/run_inotify.c
@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@
#include "config.h"
#include "inotify_source.h"
+#include <glib.h>
+
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <sys/inotify.h>
#include <signal.h>
diff --git a/test/run_input.c b/test/run_input.c
index 676e4e618..acf25a283 100644
--- a/test/run_input.c
+++ b/test/run_input.c
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
#include "io_thread.h"
#include "input_init.h"
#include "input_stream.h"
-#include "tag_pool.h"
#include "tag_save.h"
+#include "tag.h"
#include "conf.h"
#include "stdbin.h"
@@ -127,7 +127,6 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
/* initialize MPD */
- tag_pool_init();
config_global_init();
io_thread_init();
@@ -179,7 +178,6 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
io_thread_deinit();
config_global_finish();
- tag_pool_deinit();
return ret;
}
diff --git a/test/test_queue_priority.c b/test/test_queue_priority.c
index 5543edbba..b4a7366e9 100644
--- a/test/test_queue_priority.c
+++ b/test/test_queue_priority.c
@@ -1,5 +1,20 @@
+#include "config.h"
#include "queue.h"
#include "song.h"
+#include "directory.h"
+
+struct directory detached_root;
+
+struct song *
+song_dup_detached(const struct song *src)
+{
+ union {
+ const struct song *in;
+ struct song *out;
+ } u = { .in = src };
+
+ return u.out;
+}
void
song_free(G_GNUC_UNUSED struct song *song)